| 1 |
16 |
khays |
/* tc-alpha.c - Processor-specific code for the DEC Alpha AXP CPU.
|
| 2 |
|
|
Copyright 1989, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000,
|
| 3 |
|
|
2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
|
| 4 |
|
|
Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
| 5 |
|
|
Contributed by Carnegie Mellon University, 1993.
|
| 6 |
|
|
Written by Alessandro Forin, based on earlier gas-1.38 target CPU files.
|
| 7 |
|
|
Modified by Ken Raeburn for gas-2.x and ECOFF support.
|
| 8 |
|
|
Modified by Richard Henderson for ELF support.
|
| 9 |
|
|
Modified by Klaus K"ampf for EVAX (OpenVMS/Alpha) support.
|
| 10 |
|
|
|
| 11 |
|
|
This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
|
| 12 |
|
|
|
| 13 |
|
|
GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
| 14 |
|
|
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
| 15 |
|
|
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
|
| 16 |
|
|
any later version.
|
| 17 |
|
|
|
| 18 |
|
|
GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
| 19 |
|
|
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
| 20 |
|
|
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
| 21 |
|
|
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
| 22 |
|
|
|
| 23 |
|
|
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
| 24 |
|
|
along with GAS; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
|
| 25 |
|
|
Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
|
| 26 |
|
|
02110-1301, USA. */
|
| 27 |
|
|
|
| 28 |
|
|
/* Mach Operating System
|
| 29 |
|
|
Copyright (c) 1993 Carnegie Mellon University
|
| 30 |
|
|
All Rights Reserved.
|
| 31 |
|
|
|
| 32 |
|
|
Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this software and its
|
| 33 |
|
|
documentation is hereby granted, provided that both the copyright
|
| 34 |
|
|
notice and this permission notice appear in all copies of the
|
| 35 |
|
|
software, derivative works or modified versions, and any portions
|
| 36 |
|
|
thereof, and that both notices appear in supporting documentation.
|
| 37 |
|
|
|
| 38 |
|
|
CARNEGIE MELLON ALLOWS FREE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE IN ITS
|
| 39 |
|
|
CONDITION. CARNEGIE MELLON DISCLAIMS ANY LIABILITY OF ANY KIND FOR
|
| 40 |
|
|
ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
|
| 41 |
|
|
|
| 42 |
|
|
Carnegie Mellon requests users of this software to return to
|
| 43 |
|
|
|
| 44 |
|
|
Software Distribution Coordinator or Software.Distribution@CS.CMU.EDU
|
| 45 |
|
|
School of Computer Science
|
| 46 |
|
|
Carnegie Mellon University
|
| 47 |
|
|
Pittsburgh PA 15213-3890
|
| 48 |
|
|
|
| 49 |
|
|
any improvements or extensions that they make and grant Carnegie the
|
| 50 |
|
|
rights to redistribute these changes. */
|
| 51 |
|
|
|
| 52 |
|
|
#include "as.h"
|
| 53 |
|
|
#include "subsegs.h"
|
| 54 |
|
|
#include "struc-symbol.h"
|
| 55 |
|
|
#include "ecoff.h"
|
| 56 |
|
|
|
| 57 |
|
|
#include "opcode/alpha.h"
|
| 58 |
|
|
|
| 59 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
| 60 |
|
|
#include "elf/alpha.h"
|
| 61 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 62 |
|
|
|
| 63 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_EVAX
|
| 64 |
|
|
#include "vms.h"
|
| 65 |
|
|
#include "vms/egps.h"
|
| 66 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 67 |
|
|
|
| 68 |
|
|
#include "dwarf2dbg.h"
|
| 69 |
|
|
#include "dw2gencfi.h"
|
| 70 |
|
|
#include "safe-ctype.h"
|
| 71 |
|
|
|
| 72 |
|
|
/* Local types. */
|
| 73 |
|
|
|
| 74 |
|
|
#define TOKENIZE_ERROR -1
|
| 75 |
|
|
#define TOKENIZE_ERROR_REPORT -2
|
| 76 |
|
|
#define MAX_INSN_FIXUPS 2
|
| 77 |
|
|
#define MAX_INSN_ARGS 5
|
| 78 |
|
|
|
| 79 |
|
|
/* Used since new relocation types are introduced in this
|
| 80 |
|
|
file (DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_*) */
|
| 81 |
|
|
typedef int extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type;
|
| 82 |
|
|
|
| 83 |
|
|
struct alpha_fixup
|
| 84 |
|
|
{
|
| 85 |
|
|
expressionS exp;
|
| 86 |
|
|
/* bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc; */
|
| 87 |
|
|
extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc;
|
| 88 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_EVAX
|
| 89 |
|
|
/* The symbol of the item in the linkage section. */
|
| 90 |
|
|
symbolS *xtrasym;
|
| 91 |
|
|
|
| 92 |
|
|
/* The symbol of the procedure descriptor. */
|
| 93 |
|
|
symbolS *procsym;
|
| 94 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 95 |
|
|
};
|
| 96 |
|
|
|
| 97 |
|
|
struct alpha_insn
|
| 98 |
|
|
{
|
| 99 |
|
|
unsigned insn;
|
| 100 |
|
|
int nfixups;
|
| 101 |
|
|
struct alpha_fixup fixups[MAX_INSN_FIXUPS];
|
| 102 |
|
|
long sequence;
|
| 103 |
|
|
};
|
| 104 |
|
|
|
| 105 |
|
|
enum alpha_macro_arg
|
| 106 |
|
|
{
|
| 107 |
|
|
MACRO_EOA = 1,
|
| 108 |
|
|
MACRO_IR,
|
| 109 |
|
|
MACRO_PIR,
|
| 110 |
|
|
MACRO_OPIR,
|
| 111 |
|
|
MACRO_CPIR,
|
| 112 |
|
|
MACRO_FPR,
|
| 113 |
|
|
MACRO_EXP
|
| 114 |
|
|
};
|
| 115 |
|
|
|
| 116 |
|
|
struct alpha_macro
|
| 117 |
|
|
{
|
| 118 |
|
|
const char *name;
|
| 119 |
|
|
void (*emit) (const expressionS *, int, const void *);
|
| 120 |
|
|
const void * arg;
|
| 121 |
|
|
enum alpha_macro_arg argsets[16];
|
| 122 |
|
|
};
|
| 123 |
|
|
|
| 124 |
|
|
/* Extra expression types. */
|
| 125 |
|
|
|
| 126 |
|
|
#define O_pregister O_md1 /* O_register, in parentheses. */
|
| 127 |
|
|
#define O_cpregister O_md2 /* + a leading comma. */
|
| 128 |
|
|
|
| 129 |
|
|
/* The alpha_reloc_op table below depends on the ordering of these. */
|
| 130 |
|
|
#define O_literal O_md3 /* !literal relocation. */
|
| 131 |
|
|
#define O_lituse_addr O_md4 /* !lituse_addr relocation. */
|
| 132 |
|
|
#define O_lituse_base O_md5 /* !lituse_base relocation. */
|
| 133 |
|
|
#define O_lituse_bytoff O_md6 /* !lituse_bytoff relocation. */
|
| 134 |
|
|
#define O_lituse_jsr O_md7 /* !lituse_jsr relocation. */
|
| 135 |
|
|
#define O_lituse_tlsgd O_md8 /* !lituse_tlsgd relocation. */
|
| 136 |
|
|
#define O_lituse_tlsldm O_md9 /* !lituse_tlsldm relocation. */
|
| 137 |
|
|
#define O_lituse_jsrdirect O_md10 /* !lituse_jsrdirect relocation. */
|
| 138 |
|
|
#define O_gpdisp O_md11 /* !gpdisp relocation. */
|
| 139 |
|
|
#define O_gprelhigh O_md12 /* !gprelhigh relocation. */
|
| 140 |
|
|
#define O_gprellow O_md13 /* !gprellow relocation. */
|
| 141 |
|
|
#define O_gprel O_md14 /* !gprel relocation. */
|
| 142 |
|
|
#define O_samegp O_md15 /* !samegp relocation. */
|
| 143 |
|
|
#define O_tlsgd O_md16 /* !tlsgd relocation. */
|
| 144 |
|
|
#define O_tlsldm O_md17 /* !tlsldm relocation. */
|
| 145 |
|
|
#define O_gotdtprel O_md18 /* !gotdtprel relocation. */
|
| 146 |
|
|
#define O_dtprelhi O_md19 /* !dtprelhi relocation. */
|
| 147 |
|
|
#define O_dtprello O_md20 /* !dtprello relocation. */
|
| 148 |
|
|
#define O_dtprel O_md21 /* !dtprel relocation. */
|
| 149 |
|
|
#define O_gottprel O_md22 /* !gottprel relocation. */
|
| 150 |
|
|
#define O_tprelhi O_md23 /* !tprelhi relocation. */
|
| 151 |
|
|
#define O_tprello O_md24 /* !tprello relocation. */
|
| 152 |
|
|
#define O_tprel O_md25 /* !tprel relocation. */
|
| 153 |
|
|
|
| 154 |
|
|
#define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_ADDR (BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 1)
|
| 155 |
|
|
#define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE (BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 2)
|
| 156 |
|
|
#define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF (BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 3)
|
| 157 |
|
|
#define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSR (BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 4)
|
| 158 |
|
|
#define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSGD (BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 5)
|
| 159 |
|
|
#define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSLDM (BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 6)
|
| 160 |
|
|
#define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSRDIRECT (BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 7)
|
| 161 |
|
|
|
| 162 |
|
|
#define USER_RELOC_P(R) ((R) >= O_literal && (R) <= O_tprel)
|
| 163 |
|
|
|
| 164 |
|
|
/* Macros for extracting the type and number of encoded register tokens. */
|
| 165 |
|
|
|
| 166 |
|
|
#define is_ir_num(x) (((x) & 32) == 0)
|
| 167 |
|
|
#define is_fpr_num(x) (((x) & 32) != 0)
|
| 168 |
|
|
#define regno(x) ((x) & 31)
|
| 169 |
|
|
|
| 170 |
|
|
/* Something odd inherited from the old assembler. */
|
| 171 |
|
|
|
| 172 |
|
|
#define note_gpreg(R) (alpha_gprmask |= (1 << (R)))
|
| 173 |
|
|
#define note_fpreg(R) (alpha_fprmask |= (1 << (R)))
|
| 174 |
|
|
|
| 175 |
|
|
/* Predicates for 16- and 32-bit ranges */
|
| 176 |
|
|
/* XXX: The non-shift version appears to trigger a compiler bug when
|
| 177 |
|
|
cross-assembling from x86 w/ gcc 2.7.2. */
|
| 178 |
|
|
|
| 179 |
|
|
#if 1
|
| 180 |
|
|
#define range_signed_16(x) \
|
| 181 |
|
|
(((offsetT) (x) >> 15) == 0 || ((offsetT) (x) >> 15) == -1)
|
| 182 |
|
|
#define range_signed_32(x) \
|
| 183 |
|
|
(((offsetT) (x) >> 31) == 0 || ((offsetT) (x) >> 31) == -1)
|
| 184 |
|
|
#else
|
| 185 |
|
|
#define range_signed_16(x) ((offsetT) (x) >= -(offsetT) 0x8000 && \
|
| 186 |
|
|
(offsetT) (x) <= (offsetT) 0x7FFF)
|
| 187 |
|
|
#define range_signed_32(x) ((offsetT) (x) >= -(offsetT) 0x80000000 && \
|
| 188 |
|
|
(offsetT) (x) <= (offsetT) 0x7FFFFFFF)
|
| 189 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 190 |
|
|
|
| 191 |
|
|
/* Macros for sign extending from 16- and 32-bits. */
|
| 192 |
|
|
/* XXX: The cast macros will work on all the systems that I care about,
|
| 193 |
|
|
but really a predicate should be found to use the non-cast forms. */
|
| 194 |
|
|
|
| 195 |
|
|
#if 1
|
| 196 |
|
|
#define sign_extend_16(x) ((short) (x))
|
| 197 |
|
|
#define sign_extend_32(x) ((int) (x))
|
| 198 |
|
|
#else
|
| 199 |
|
|
#define sign_extend_16(x) ((offsetT) (((x) & 0xFFFF) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000)
|
| 200 |
|
|
#define sign_extend_32(x) ((offsetT) (((x) & 0xFFFFFFFF) \
|
| 201 |
|
|
^ 0x80000000) - 0x80000000)
|
| 202 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 203 |
|
|
|
| 204 |
|
|
/* Macros to build tokens. */
|
| 205 |
|
|
|
| 206 |
|
|
#define set_tok_reg(t, r) (memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)), \
|
| 207 |
|
|
(t).X_op = O_register, \
|
| 208 |
|
|
(t).X_add_number = (r))
|
| 209 |
|
|
#define set_tok_preg(t, r) (memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)), \
|
| 210 |
|
|
(t).X_op = O_pregister, \
|
| 211 |
|
|
(t).X_add_number = (r))
|
| 212 |
|
|
#define set_tok_cpreg(t, r) (memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)), \
|
| 213 |
|
|
(t).X_op = O_cpregister, \
|
| 214 |
|
|
(t).X_add_number = (r))
|
| 215 |
|
|
#define set_tok_freg(t, r) (memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)), \
|
| 216 |
|
|
(t).X_op = O_register, \
|
| 217 |
|
|
(t).X_add_number = (r) + 32)
|
| 218 |
|
|
#define set_tok_sym(t, s, a) (memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)), \
|
| 219 |
|
|
(t).X_op = O_symbol, \
|
| 220 |
|
|
(t).X_add_symbol = (s), \
|
| 221 |
|
|
(t).X_add_number = (a))
|
| 222 |
|
|
#define set_tok_const(t, n) (memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)), \
|
| 223 |
|
|
(t).X_op = O_constant, \
|
| 224 |
|
|
(t).X_add_number = (n))
|
| 225 |
|
|
|
| 226 |
|
|
/* Generic assembler global variables which must be defined by all
|
| 227 |
|
|
targets. */
|
| 228 |
|
|
|
| 229 |
|
|
/* Characters which always start a comment. */
|
| 230 |
|
|
const char comment_chars[] = "#";
|
| 231 |
|
|
|
| 232 |
|
|
/* Characters which start a comment at the beginning of a line. */
|
| 233 |
|
|
const char line_comment_chars[] = "#";
|
| 234 |
|
|
|
| 235 |
|
|
/* Characters which may be used to separate multiple commands on a
|
| 236 |
|
|
single line. */
|
| 237 |
|
|
const char line_separator_chars[] = ";";
|
| 238 |
|
|
|
| 239 |
|
|
/* Characters which are used to indicate an exponent in a floating
|
| 240 |
|
|
point number. */
|
| 241 |
|
|
const char EXP_CHARS[] = "eE";
|
| 242 |
|
|
|
| 243 |
|
|
/* Characters which mean that a number is a floating point constant,
|
| 244 |
|
|
as in 0d1.0. */
|
| 245 |
|
|
/* XXX: Do all of these really get used on the alpha?? */
|
| 246 |
|
|
char FLT_CHARS[] = "rRsSfFdDxXpP";
|
| 247 |
|
|
|
| 248 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_EVAX
|
| 249 |
|
|
const char *md_shortopts = "Fm:g+1h:HG:";
|
| 250 |
|
|
#else
|
| 251 |
|
|
const char *md_shortopts = "Fm:gG:";
|
| 252 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 253 |
|
|
|
| 254 |
|
|
struct option md_longopts[] =
|
| 255 |
|
|
{
|
| 256 |
|
|
#define OPTION_32ADDR (OPTION_MD_BASE)
|
| 257 |
|
|
{ "32addr", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_32ADDR },
|
| 258 |
|
|
#define OPTION_RELAX (OPTION_32ADDR + 1)
|
| 259 |
|
|
{ "relax", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_RELAX },
|
| 260 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
| 261 |
|
|
#define OPTION_MDEBUG (OPTION_RELAX + 1)
|
| 262 |
|
|
#define OPTION_NO_MDEBUG (OPTION_MDEBUG + 1)
|
| 263 |
|
|
{ "mdebug", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_MDEBUG },
|
| 264 |
|
|
{ "no-mdebug", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_NO_MDEBUG },
|
| 265 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 266 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_EVAX
|
| 267 |
|
|
#define OPTION_REPLACE (OPTION_RELAX + 1)
|
| 268 |
|
|
#define OPTION_NOREPLACE (OPTION_REPLACE+1)
|
| 269 |
|
|
{ "replace", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_REPLACE },
|
| 270 |
|
|
{ "noreplace", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_NOREPLACE },
|
| 271 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 272 |
|
|
{ NULL, no_argument, NULL, 0 }
|
| 273 |
|
|
};
|
| 274 |
|
|
|
| 275 |
|
|
size_t md_longopts_size = sizeof (md_longopts);
|
| 276 |
|
|
|
| 277 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_EVAX
|
| 278 |
|
|
#define AXP_REG_R0 0
|
| 279 |
|
|
#define AXP_REG_R16 16
|
| 280 |
|
|
#define AXP_REG_R17 17
|
| 281 |
|
|
#undef AXP_REG_T9
|
| 282 |
|
|
#define AXP_REG_T9 22
|
| 283 |
|
|
#undef AXP_REG_T10
|
| 284 |
|
|
#define AXP_REG_T10 23
|
| 285 |
|
|
#undef AXP_REG_T11
|
| 286 |
|
|
#define AXP_REG_T11 24
|
| 287 |
|
|
#undef AXP_REG_T12
|
| 288 |
|
|
#define AXP_REG_T12 25
|
| 289 |
|
|
#define AXP_REG_AI 25
|
| 290 |
|
|
#undef AXP_REG_FP
|
| 291 |
|
|
#define AXP_REG_FP 29
|
| 292 |
|
|
|
| 293 |
|
|
#undef AXP_REG_GP
|
| 294 |
|
|
#define AXP_REG_GP AXP_REG_PV
|
| 295 |
|
|
|
| 296 |
|
|
#endif /* OBJ_EVAX */
|
| 297 |
|
|
|
| 298 |
|
|
/* The cpu for which we are generating code. */
|
| 299 |
|
|
static unsigned alpha_target = AXP_OPCODE_BASE;
|
| 300 |
|
|
static const char *alpha_target_name = "<all>";
|
| 301 |
|
|
|
| 302 |
|
|
/* The hash table of instruction opcodes. */
|
| 303 |
|
|
static struct hash_control *alpha_opcode_hash;
|
| 304 |
|
|
|
| 305 |
|
|
/* The hash table of macro opcodes. */
|
| 306 |
|
|
static struct hash_control *alpha_macro_hash;
|
| 307 |
|
|
|
| 308 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
|
| 309 |
|
|
/* The $gp relocation symbol. */
|
| 310 |
|
|
static symbolS *alpha_gp_symbol;
|
| 311 |
|
|
|
| 312 |
|
|
/* XXX: what is this, and why is it exported? */
|
| 313 |
|
|
valueT alpha_gp_value;
|
| 314 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 315 |
|
|
|
| 316 |
|
|
/* The current $gp register. */
|
| 317 |
|
|
static int alpha_gp_register = AXP_REG_GP;
|
| 318 |
|
|
|
| 319 |
|
|
/* A table of the register symbols. */
|
| 320 |
|
|
static symbolS *alpha_register_table[64];
|
| 321 |
|
|
|
| 322 |
|
|
/* Constant sections, or sections of constants. */
|
| 323 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
|
| 324 |
|
|
static segT alpha_lita_section;
|
| 325 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 326 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_EVAX
|
| 327 |
|
|
segT alpha_link_section;
|
| 328 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 329 |
|
|
#ifndef OBJ_EVAX
|
| 330 |
|
|
static segT alpha_lit8_section;
|
| 331 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 332 |
|
|
|
| 333 |
|
|
/* Symbols referring to said sections. */
|
| 334 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
|
| 335 |
|
|
static symbolS *alpha_lita_symbol;
|
| 336 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 337 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_EVAX
|
| 338 |
|
|
static symbolS *alpha_link_symbol;
|
| 339 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 340 |
|
|
#ifndef OBJ_EVAX
|
| 341 |
|
|
static symbolS *alpha_lit8_symbol;
|
| 342 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 343 |
|
|
|
| 344 |
|
|
/* Literal for .litX+0x8000 within .lita. */
|
| 345 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
|
| 346 |
|
|
static offsetT alpha_lit8_literal;
|
| 347 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 348 |
|
|
|
| 349 |
|
|
/* Is the assembler not allowed to use $at? */
|
| 350 |
|
|
static int alpha_noat_on = 0;
|
| 351 |
|
|
|
| 352 |
|
|
/* Are macros enabled? */
|
| 353 |
|
|
static int alpha_macros_on = 1;
|
| 354 |
|
|
|
| 355 |
|
|
/* Are floats disabled? */
|
| 356 |
|
|
static int alpha_nofloats_on = 0;
|
| 357 |
|
|
|
| 358 |
|
|
/* Are addresses 32 bit? */
|
| 359 |
|
|
static int alpha_addr32_on = 0;
|
| 360 |
|
|
|
| 361 |
|
|
/* Symbol labelling the current insn. When the Alpha gas sees
|
| 362 |
|
|
foo:
|
| 363 |
|
|
.quad 0
|
| 364 |
|
|
and the section happens to not be on an eight byte boundary, it
|
| 365 |
|
|
will align both the symbol and the .quad to an eight byte boundary. */
|
| 366 |
|
|
static symbolS *alpha_insn_label;
|
| 367 |
|
|
#if defined(OBJ_ELF) || defined (OBJ_EVAX)
|
| 368 |
|
|
static symbolS *alpha_prologue_label;
|
| 369 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 370 |
|
|
|
| 371 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_EVAX
|
| 372 |
|
|
/* Symbol associate with the current jsr instruction. */
|
| 373 |
|
|
static symbolS *alpha_linkage_symbol;
|
| 374 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 375 |
|
|
|
| 376 |
|
|
/* Whether we should automatically align data generation pseudo-ops.
|
| 377 |
|
|
.align 0 will turn this off. */
|
| 378 |
|
|
static int alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
|
| 379 |
|
|
|
| 380 |
|
|
/* The known current alignment of the current section. */
|
| 381 |
|
|
static int alpha_current_align;
|
| 382 |
|
|
|
| 383 |
|
|
/* These are exported to ECOFF code. */
|
| 384 |
|
|
unsigned long alpha_gprmask, alpha_fprmask;
|
| 385 |
|
|
|
| 386 |
|
|
/* Whether the debugging option was seen. */
|
| 387 |
|
|
static int alpha_debug;
|
| 388 |
|
|
|
| 389 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
| 390 |
|
|
/* Whether we are emitting an mdebug section. */
|
| 391 |
|
|
int alpha_flag_mdebug = -1;
|
| 392 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 393 |
|
|
|
| 394 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_EVAX
|
| 395 |
|
|
/* Whether to perform the VMS procedure call optimization. */
|
| 396 |
|
|
int alpha_flag_replace = 1;
|
| 397 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 398 |
|
|
|
| 399 |
|
|
/* Don't fully resolve relocations, allowing code movement in the linker. */
|
| 400 |
|
|
static int alpha_flag_relax;
|
| 401 |
|
|
|
| 402 |
|
|
/* What value to give to bfd_set_gp_size. */
|
| 403 |
|
|
static int g_switch_value = 8;
|
| 404 |
|
|
|
| 405 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_EVAX
|
| 406 |
|
|
/* Collect information about current procedure here. */
|
| 407 |
|
|
struct alpha_evax_procs
|
| 408 |
|
|
{
|
| 409 |
|
|
symbolS *symbol; /* Proc pdesc symbol. */
|
| 410 |
|
|
int pdsckind;
|
| 411 |
|
|
int framereg; /* Register for frame pointer. */
|
| 412 |
|
|
int framesize; /* Size of frame. */
|
| 413 |
|
|
int rsa_offset;
|
| 414 |
|
|
int ra_save;
|
| 415 |
|
|
int fp_save;
|
| 416 |
|
|
long imask;
|
| 417 |
|
|
long fmask;
|
| 418 |
|
|
int type;
|
| 419 |
|
|
int prologue;
|
| 420 |
|
|
symbolS *handler;
|
| 421 |
|
|
int handler_data;
|
| 422 |
|
|
};
|
| 423 |
|
|
|
| 424 |
|
|
/* Linked list of .linkage fixups. */
|
| 425 |
|
|
struct alpha_linkage_fixups *alpha_linkage_fixup_root;
|
| 426 |
|
|
static struct alpha_linkage_fixups *alpha_linkage_fixup_tail;
|
| 427 |
|
|
|
| 428 |
|
|
/* Current procedure descriptor. */
|
| 429 |
|
|
static struct alpha_evax_procs *alpha_evax_proc;
|
| 430 |
160 |
khays |
static struct alpha_evax_procs alpha_evax_proc_data;
|
| 431 |
16 |
khays |
|
| 432 |
|
|
static int alpha_flag_hash_long_names = 0; /* -+ */
|
| 433 |
|
|
static int alpha_flag_show_after_trunc = 0; /* -H */
|
| 434 |
|
|
|
| 435 |
|
|
/* If the -+ switch is given, then a hash is appended to any name that is
|
| 436 |
|
|
longer than 64 characters, else longer symbol names are truncated. */
|
| 437 |
|
|
|
| 438 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 439 |
|
|
|
| 440 |
|
|
#ifdef RELOC_OP_P
|
| 441 |
|
|
/* A table to map the spelling of a relocation operand into an appropriate
|
| 442 |
|
|
bfd_reloc_code_real_type type. The table is assumed to be ordered such
|
| 443 |
|
|
that op-O_literal indexes into it. */
|
| 444 |
|
|
|
| 445 |
|
|
#define ALPHA_RELOC_TABLE(op) \
|
| 446 |
|
|
(&alpha_reloc_op[ ((!USER_RELOC_P (op)) \
|
| 447 |
|
|
? (abort (), 0) \
|
| 448 |
|
|
: (int) (op) - (int) O_literal) ])
|
| 449 |
|
|
|
| 450 |
|
|
#define DEF(NAME, RELOC, REQ, ALLOW) \
|
| 451 |
|
|
{ #NAME, sizeof(#NAME)-1, O_##NAME, RELOC, REQ, ALLOW}
|
| 452 |
|
|
|
| 453 |
|
|
static const struct alpha_reloc_op_tag
|
| 454 |
|
|
{
|
| 455 |
|
|
const char *name; /* String to lookup. */
|
| 456 |
|
|
size_t length; /* Size of the string. */
|
| 457 |
|
|
operatorT op; /* Which operator to use. */
|
| 458 |
|
|
extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc;
|
| 459 |
|
|
unsigned int require_seq : 1; /* Require a sequence number. */
|
| 460 |
|
|
unsigned int allow_seq : 1; /* Allow a sequence number. */
|
| 461 |
|
|
}
|
| 462 |
|
|
alpha_reloc_op[] =
|
| 463 |
|
|
{
|
| 464 |
|
|
DEF (literal, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL, 0, 1),
|
| 465 |
|
|
DEF (lituse_addr, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_ADDR, 1, 1),
|
| 466 |
|
|
DEF (lituse_base, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE, 1, 1),
|
| 467 |
|
|
DEF (lituse_bytoff, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF, 1, 1),
|
| 468 |
|
|
DEF (lituse_jsr, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSR, 1, 1),
|
| 469 |
|
|
DEF (lituse_tlsgd, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSGD, 1, 1),
|
| 470 |
|
|
DEF (lituse_tlsldm, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSLDM, 1, 1),
|
| 471 |
|
|
DEF (lituse_jsrdirect, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSRDIRECT, 1, 1),
|
| 472 |
|
|
DEF (gpdisp, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP, 1, 1),
|
| 473 |
|
|
DEF (gprelhigh, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_HI16, 0, 0),
|
| 474 |
|
|
DEF (gprellow, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_LO16, 0, 0),
|
| 475 |
|
|
DEF (gprel, BFD_RELOC_GPREL16, 0, 0),
|
| 476 |
|
|
DEF (samegp, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BRSGP, 0, 0),
|
| 477 |
|
|
DEF (tlsgd, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD, 0, 1),
|
| 478 |
|
|
DEF (tlsldm, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM, 0, 1),
|
| 479 |
|
|
DEF (gotdtprel, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTDTPREL16, 0, 0),
|
| 480 |
|
|
DEF (dtprelhi, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_HI16, 0, 0),
|
| 481 |
|
|
DEF (dtprello, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_LO16, 0, 0),
|
| 482 |
|
|
DEF (dtprel, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL16, 0, 0),
|
| 483 |
|
|
DEF (gottprel, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTTPREL16, 0, 0),
|
| 484 |
|
|
DEF (tprelhi, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_HI16, 0, 0),
|
| 485 |
|
|
DEF (tprello, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_LO16, 0, 0),
|
| 486 |
|
|
DEF (tprel, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL16, 0, 0),
|
| 487 |
|
|
};
|
| 488 |
|
|
|
| 489 |
|
|
#undef DEF
|
| 490 |
|
|
|
| 491 |
|
|
static const int alpha_num_reloc_op
|
| 492 |
|
|
= sizeof (alpha_reloc_op) / sizeof (*alpha_reloc_op);
|
| 493 |
|
|
#endif /* RELOC_OP_P */
|
| 494 |
|
|
|
| 495 |
|
|
/* Maximum # digits needed to hold the largest sequence #. */
|
| 496 |
|
|
#define ALPHA_RELOC_DIGITS 25
|
| 497 |
|
|
|
| 498 |
|
|
/* Structure to hold explicit sequence information. */
|
| 499 |
|
|
struct alpha_reloc_tag
|
| 500 |
|
|
{
|
| 501 |
|
|
fixS *master; /* The literal reloc. */
|
| 502 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_EVAX
|
| 503 |
|
|
struct symbol *sym; /* Linkage section item symbol. */
|
| 504 |
|
|
struct symbol *psym; /* Pdesc symbol. */
|
| 505 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 506 |
|
|
fixS *slaves; /* Head of linked list of lituses. */
|
| 507 |
|
|
segT segment; /* Segment relocs are in or undefined_section. */
|
| 508 |
|
|
long sequence; /* Sequence #. */
|
| 509 |
|
|
unsigned n_master; /* # of literals. */
|
| 510 |
|
|
unsigned n_slaves; /* # of lituses. */
|
| 511 |
|
|
unsigned saw_tlsgd : 1; /* True if ... */
|
| 512 |
|
|
unsigned saw_tlsldm : 1;
|
| 513 |
|
|
unsigned saw_lu_tlsgd : 1;
|
| 514 |
|
|
unsigned saw_lu_tlsldm : 1;
|
| 515 |
|
|
unsigned multi_section_p : 1; /* True if more than one section was used. */
|
| 516 |
|
|
char string[1]; /* Printable form of sequence to hash with. */
|
| 517 |
|
|
};
|
| 518 |
|
|
|
| 519 |
|
|
/* Hash table to link up literals with the appropriate lituse. */
|
| 520 |
|
|
static struct hash_control *alpha_literal_hash;
|
| 521 |
|
|
|
| 522 |
|
|
/* Sequence numbers for internal use by macros. */
|
| 523 |
|
|
static long next_sequence_num = -1;
|
| 524 |
|
|
|
| 525 |
|
|
/* A table of CPU names and opcode sets. */
|
| 526 |
|
|
|
| 527 |
|
|
static const struct cpu_type
|
| 528 |
|
|
{
|
| 529 |
|
|
const char *name;
|
| 530 |
|
|
unsigned flags;
|
| 531 |
|
|
}
|
| 532 |
|
|
cpu_types[] =
|
| 533 |
|
|
{
|
| 534 |
|
|
/* Ad hoc convention: cpu number gets palcode, process code doesn't.
|
| 535 |
|
|
This supports usage under DU 4.0b that does ".arch ev4", and
|
| 536 |
|
|
usage in MILO that does -m21064. Probably something more
|
| 537 |
|
|
specific like -m21064-pal should be used, but oh well. */
|
| 538 |
|
|
|
| 539 |
|
|
{ "21064", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV4 },
|
| 540 |
|
|
{ "21064a", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV4 },
|
| 541 |
|
|
{ "21066", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV4 },
|
| 542 |
|
|
{ "21068", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV4 },
|
| 543 |
|
|
{ "21164", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV5 },
|
| 544 |
|
|
{ "21164a", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV5|AXP_OPCODE_BWX },
|
| 545 |
|
|
{ "21164pc", (AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV5|AXP_OPCODE_BWX
|
| 546 |
|
|
|AXP_OPCODE_MAX) },
|
| 547 |
|
|
{ "21264", (AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV6|AXP_OPCODE_BWX
|
| 548 |
|
|
|AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX) },
|
| 549 |
|
|
{ "21264a", (AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV6|AXP_OPCODE_BWX
|
| 550 |
|
|
|AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX) },
|
| 551 |
|
|
{ "21264b", (AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV6|AXP_OPCODE_BWX
|
| 552 |
|
|
|AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX) },
|
| 553 |
|
|
|
| 554 |
|
|
{ "ev4", AXP_OPCODE_BASE },
|
| 555 |
|
|
{ "ev45", AXP_OPCODE_BASE },
|
| 556 |
|
|
{ "lca45", AXP_OPCODE_BASE },
|
| 557 |
|
|
{ "ev5", AXP_OPCODE_BASE },
|
| 558 |
|
|
{ "ev56", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_BWX },
|
| 559 |
|
|
{ "pca56", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_BWX|AXP_OPCODE_MAX },
|
| 560 |
|
|
{ "ev6", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_BWX|AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX },
|
| 561 |
|
|
{ "ev67", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_BWX|AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX },
|
| 562 |
|
|
{ "ev68", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_BWX|AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX },
|
| 563 |
|
|
|
| 564 |
|
|
{ "all", AXP_OPCODE_BASE },
|
| 565 |
|
|
{ 0, 0 }
|
| 566 |
|
|
};
|
| 567 |
|
|
|
| 568 |
|
|
/* Some instruction sets indexed by lg(size). */
|
| 569 |
|
|
static const char * const sextX_op[] = { "sextb", "sextw", "sextl", NULL };
|
| 570 |
|
|
static const char * const insXl_op[] = { "insbl", "inswl", "insll", "insql" };
|
| 571 |
|
|
static const char * const insXh_op[] = { NULL, "inswh", "inslh", "insqh" };
|
| 572 |
|
|
static const char * const extXl_op[] = { "extbl", "extwl", "extll", "extql" };
|
| 573 |
|
|
static const char * const extXh_op[] = { NULL, "extwh", "extlh", "extqh" };
|
| 574 |
|
|
static const char * const mskXl_op[] = { "mskbl", "mskwl", "mskll", "mskql" };
|
| 575 |
|
|
static const char * const mskXh_op[] = { NULL, "mskwh", "msklh", "mskqh" };
|
| 576 |
|
|
static const char * const stX_op[] = { "stb", "stw", "stl", "stq" };
|
| 577 |
|
|
static const char * const ldXu_op[] = { "ldbu", "ldwu", NULL, NULL };
|
| 578 |
|
|
|
| 579 |
|
|
static void assemble_insn (const struct alpha_opcode *, const expressionS *, int, struct alpha_insn *, extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type);
|
| 580 |
|
|
static void emit_insn (struct alpha_insn *);
|
| 581 |
|
|
static void assemble_tokens (const char *, const expressionS *, int, int);
|
| 582 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_EVAX
|
| 583 |
|
|
static char *s_alpha_section_name (void);
|
| 584 |
160 |
khays |
static symbolS *add_to_link_pool (symbolS *, offsetT);
|
| 585 |
16 |
khays |
#endif
|
| 586 |
|
|
|
| 587 |
|
|
static struct alpha_reloc_tag *
|
| 588 |
|
|
get_alpha_reloc_tag (long sequence)
|
| 589 |
|
|
{
|
| 590 |
|
|
char buffer[ALPHA_RELOC_DIGITS];
|
| 591 |
|
|
struct alpha_reloc_tag *info;
|
| 592 |
|
|
|
| 593 |
|
|
sprintf (buffer, "!%ld", sequence);
|
| 594 |
|
|
|
| 595 |
|
|
info = (struct alpha_reloc_tag *) hash_find (alpha_literal_hash, buffer);
|
| 596 |
|
|
if (! info)
|
| 597 |
|
|
{
|
| 598 |
|
|
size_t len = strlen (buffer);
|
| 599 |
|
|
const char *errmsg;
|
| 600 |
|
|
|
| 601 |
|
|
info = (struct alpha_reloc_tag *)
|
| 602 |
|
|
xcalloc (sizeof (struct alpha_reloc_tag) + len, 1);
|
| 603 |
|
|
|
| 604 |
|
|
info->segment = now_seg;
|
| 605 |
|
|
info->sequence = sequence;
|
| 606 |
|
|
strcpy (info->string, buffer);
|
| 607 |
|
|
errmsg = hash_insert (alpha_literal_hash, info->string, (void *) info);
|
| 608 |
|
|
if (errmsg)
|
| 609 |
|
|
as_fatal ("%s", errmsg);
|
| 610 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_EVAX
|
| 611 |
|
|
info->sym = 0;
|
| 612 |
|
|
info->psym = 0;
|
| 613 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 614 |
|
|
}
|
| 615 |
|
|
|
| 616 |
|
|
return info;
|
| 617 |
|
|
}
|
| 618 |
|
|
|
| 619 |
|
|
#ifndef OBJ_EVAX
|
| 620 |
|
|
|
| 621 |
|
|
static void
|
| 622 |
|
|
alpha_adjust_relocs (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
| 623 |
|
|
asection *sec,
|
| 624 |
|
|
void * ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 625 |
|
|
{
|
| 626 |
|
|
segment_info_type *seginfo = seg_info (sec);
|
| 627 |
|
|
fixS **prevP;
|
| 628 |
|
|
fixS *fixp;
|
| 629 |
|
|
fixS *next;
|
| 630 |
|
|
fixS *slave;
|
| 631 |
|
|
|
| 632 |
|
|
/* If seginfo is NULL, we did not create this section; don't do
|
| 633 |
|
|
anything with it. By using a pointer to a pointer, we can update
|
| 634 |
|
|
the links in place. */
|
| 635 |
|
|
if (seginfo == NULL)
|
| 636 |
|
|
return;
|
| 637 |
|
|
|
| 638 |
|
|
/* If there are no relocations, skip the section. */
|
| 639 |
|
|
if (! seginfo->fix_root)
|
| 640 |
|
|
return;
|
| 641 |
|
|
|
| 642 |
|
|
/* First rebuild the fixup chain without the explicit lituse and
|
| 643 |
|
|
gpdisp_lo16 relocs. */
|
| 644 |
|
|
prevP = &seginfo->fix_root;
|
| 645 |
|
|
for (fixp = seginfo->fix_root; fixp; fixp = next)
|
| 646 |
|
|
{
|
| 647 |
|
|
next = fixp->fx_next;
|
| 648 |
|
|
fixp->fx_next = (fixS *) 0;
|
| 649 |
|
|
|
| 650 |
|
|
switch (fixp->fx_r_type)
|
| 651 |
|
|
{
|
| 652 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE:
|
| 653 |
|
|
if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_master == 0)
|
| 654 |
|
|
as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
|
| 655 |
|
|
_("No !literal!%ld was found"),
|
| 656 |
|
|
fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence);
|
| 657 |
|
|
#ifdef RELOC_OP_P
|
| 658 |
|
|
if (fixp->fx_offset == LITUSE_ALPHA_TLSGD)
|
| 659 |
|
|
{
|
| 660 |
|
|
if (! fixp->tc_fix_data.info->saw_tlsgd)
|
| 661 |
|
|
as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
|
| 662 |
|
|
_("No !tlsgd!%ld was found"),
|
| 663 |
|
|
fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence);
|
| 664 |
|
|
}
|
| 665 |
|
|
else if (fixp->fx_offset == LITUSE_ALPHA_TLSLDM)
|
| 666 |
|
|
{
|
| 667 |
|
|
if (! fixp->tc_fix_data.info->saw_tlsldm)
|
| 668 |
|
|
as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
|
| 669 |
|
|
_("No !tlsldm!%ld was found"),
|
| 670 |
|
|
fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence);
|
| 671 |
|
|
}
|
| 672 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 673 |
|
|
break;
|
| 674 |
|
|
|
| 675 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16:
|
| 676 |
|
|
if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_master == 0)
|
| 677 |
|
|
as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
|
| 678 |
|
|
_("No ldah !gpdisp!%ld was found"),
|
| 679 |
|
|
fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence);
|
| 680 |
|
|
break;
|
| 681 |
|
|
|
| 682 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
|
| 683 |
|
|
if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info
|
| 684 |
|
|
&& (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->saw_tlsgd
|
| 685 |
|
|
|| fixp->tc_fix_data.info->saw_tlsldm))
|
| 686 |
|
|
break;
|
| 687 |
|
|
/* FALLTHRU */
|
| 688 |
|
|
|
| 689 |
|
|
default:
|
| 690 |
|
|
*prevP = fixp;
|
| 691 |
|
|
prevP = &fixp->fx_next;
|
| 692 |
|
|
break;
|
| 693 |
|
|
}
|
| 694 |
|
|
}
|
| 695 |
|
|
|
| 696 |
|
|
/* Go back and re-chain dependent relocations. They are currently
|
| 697 |
|
|
linked through the next_reloc field in reverse order, so as we
|
| 698 |
|
|
go through the next_reloc chain, we effectively reverse the chain
|
| 699 |
|
|
once again.
|
| 700 |
|
|
|
| 701 |
|
|
Except if there is more than one !literal for a given sequence
|
| 702 |
|
|
number. In that case, the programmer and/or compiler is not sure
|
| 703 |
|
|
how control flows from literal to lituse, and we can't be sure to
|
| 704 |
|
|
get the relaxation correct.
|
| 705 |
|
|
|
| 706 |
|
|
??? Well, actually we could, if there are enough lituses such that
|
| 707 |
|
|
we can make each literal have at least one of each lituse type
|
| 708 |
|
|
present. Not implemented.
|
| 709 |
|
|
|
| 710 |
|
|
Also suppress the optimization if the !literals/!lituses are spread
|
| 711 |
|
|
in different segments. This can happen with "intersting" uses of
|
| 712 |
|
|
inline assembly; examples are present in the Linux kernel semaphores. */
|
| 713 |
|
|
|
| 714 |
|
|
for (fixp = seginfo->fix_root; fixp; fixp = next)
|
| 715 |
|
|
{
|
| 716 |
|
|
next = fixp->fx_next;
|
| 717 |
|
|
switch (fixp->fx_r_type)
|
| 718 |
|
|
{
|
| 719 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD:
|
| 720 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM:
|
| 721 |
|
|
if (!fixp->tc_fix_data.info)
|
| 722 |
|
|
break;
|
| 723 |
|
|
if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_master == 0)
|
| 724 |
|
|
break;
|
| 725 |
|
|
else if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_master > 1)
|
| 726 |
|
|
{
|
| 727 |
|
|
as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
|
| 728 |
|
|
_("too many !literal!%ld for %s"),
|
| 729 |
|
|
fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence,
|
| 730 |
|
|
(fixp->fx_r_type == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD
|
| 731 |
|
|
? "!tlsgd" : "!tlsldm"));
|
| 732 |
|
|
break;
|
| 733 |
|
|
}
|
| 734 |
|
|
|
| 735 |
|
|
fixp->tc_fix_data.info->master->fx_next = fixp->fx_next;
|
| 736 |
|
|
fixp->fx_next = fixp->tc_fix_data.info->master;
|
| 737 |
|
|
fixp = fixp->fx_next;
|
| 738 |
|
|
/* Fall through. */
|
| 739 |
|
|
|
| 740 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
|
| 741 |
|
|
if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info
|
| 742 |
|
|
&& fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_master == 1
|
| 743 |
|
|
&& ! fixp->tc_fix_data.info->multi_section_p)
|
| 744 |
|
|
{
|
| 745 |
|
|
for (slave = fixp->tc_fix_data.info->slaves;
|
| 746 |
|
|
slave != (fixS *) 0;
|
| 747 |
|
|
slave = slave->tc_fix_data.next_reloc)
|
| 748 |
|
|
{
|
| 749 |
|
|
slave->fx_next = fixp->fx_next;
|
| 750 |
|
|
fixp->fx_next = slave;
|
| 751 |
|
|
}
|
| 752 |
|
|
}
|
| 753 |
|
|
break;
|
| 754 |
|
|
|
| 755 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16:
|
| 756 |
|
|
if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_slaves == 0)
|
| 757 |
|
|
as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
|
| 758 |
|
|
_("No lda !gpdisp!%ld was found"),
|
| 759 |
|
|
fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence);
|
| 760 |
|
|
else
|
| 761 |
|
|
{
|
| 762 |
|
|
slave = fixp->tc_fix_data.info->slaves;
|
| 763 |
|
|
slave->fx_next = next;
|
| 764 |
|
|
fixp->fx_next = slave;
|
| 765 |
|
|
}
|
| 766 |
|
|
break;
|
| 767 |
|
|
|
| 768 |
|
|
default:
|
| 769 |
|
|
break;
|
| 770 |
|
|
}
|
| 771 |
|
|
}
|
| 772 |
|
|
}
|
| 773 |
|
|
|
| 774 |
|
|
/* Before the relocations are written, reorder them, so that user
|
| 775 |
|
|
supplied !lituse relocations follow the appropriate !literal
|
| 776 |
|
|
relocations, and similarly for !gpdisp relocations. */
|
| 777 |
|
|
|
| 778 |
|
|
void
|
| 779 |
|
|
alpha_before_fix (void)
|
| 780 |
|
|
{
|
| 781 |
|
|
if (alpha_literal_hash)
|
| 782 |
|
|
bfd_map_over_sections (stdoutput, alpha_adjust_relocs, NULL);
|
| 783 |
|
|
}
|
| 784 |
|
|
|
| 785 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 786 |
|
|
|
| 787 |
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG_ALPHA
|
| 788 |
|
|
static void
|
| 789 |
|
|
debug_exp (expressionS tok[], int ntok)
|
| 790 |
|
|
{
|
| 791 |
|
|
int i;
|
| 792 |
|
|
|
| 793 |
|
|
fprintf (stderr, "debug_exp: %d tokens", ntok);
|
| 794 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < ntok; i++)
|
| 795 |
|
|
{
|
| 796 |
|
|
expressionS *t = &tok[i];
|
| 797 |
|
|
const char *name;
|
| 798 |
|
|
|
| 799 |
|
|
switch (t->X_op)
|
| 800 |
|
|
{
|
| 801 |
|
|
default: name = "unknown"; break;
|
| 802 |
|
|
case O_illegal: name = "O_illegal"; break;
|
| 803 |
|
|
case O_absent: name = "O_absent"; break;
|
| 804 |
|
|
case O_constant: name = "O_constant"; break;
|
| 805 |
|
|
case O_symbol: name = "O_symbol"; break;
|
| 806 |
|
|
case O_symbol_rva: name = "O_symbol_rva"; break;
|
| 807 |
|
|
case O_register: name = "O_register"; break;
|
| 808 |
|
|
case O_big: name = "O_big"; break;
|
| 809 |
|
|
case O_uminus: name = "O_uminus"; break;
|
| 810 |
|
|
case O_bit_not: name = "O_bit_not"; break;
|
| 811 |
|
|
case O_logical_not: name = "O_logical_not"; break;
|
| 812 |
|
|
case O_multiply: name = "O_multiply"; break;
|
| 813 |
|
|
case O_divide: name = "O_divide"; break;
|
| 814 |
|
|
case O_modulus: name = "O_modulus"; break;
|
| 815 |
|
|
case O_left_shift: name = "O_left_shift"; break;
|
| 816 |
|
|
case O_right_shift: name = "O_right_shift"; break;
|
| 817 |
|
|
case O_bit_inclusive_or: name = "O_bit_inclusive_or"; break;
|
| 818 |
|
|
case O_bit_or_not: name = "O_bit_or_not"; break;
|
| 819 |
|
|
case O_bit_exclusive_or: name = "O_bit_exclusive_or"; break;
|
| 820 |
|
|
case O_bit_and: name = "O_bit_and"; break;
|
| 821 |
|
|
case O_add: name = "O_add"; break;
|
| 822 |
|
|
case O_subtract: name = "O_subtract"; break;
|
| 823 |
|
|
case O_eq: name = "O_eq"; break;
|
| 824 |
|
|
case O_ne: name = "O_ne"; break;
|
| 825 |
|
|
case O_lt: name = "O_lt"; break;
|
| 826 |
|
|
case O_le: name = "O_le"; break;
|
| 827 |
|
|
case O_ge: name = "O_ge"; break;
|
| 828 |
|
|
case O_gt: name = "O_gt"; break;
|
| 829 |
|
|
case O_logical_and: name = "O_logical_and"; break;
|
| 830 |
|
|
case O_logical_or: name = "O_logical_or"; break;
|
| 831 |
|
|
case O_index: name = "O_index"; break;
|
| 832 |
|
|
case O_pregister: name = "O_pregister"; break;
|
| 833 |
|
|
case O_cpregister: name = "O_cpregister"; break;
|
| 834 |
|
|
case O_literal: name = "O_literal"; break;
|
| 835 |
|
|
case O_lituse_addr: name = "O_lituse_addr"; break;
|
| 836 |
|
|
case O_lituse_base: name = "O_lituse_base"; break;
|
| 837 |
|
|
case O_lituse_bytoff: name = "O_lituse_bytoff"; break;
|
| 838 |
|
|
case O_lituse_jsr: name = "O_lituse_jsr"; break;
|
| 839 |
|
|
case O_lituse_tlsgd: name = "O_lituse_tlsgd"; break;
|
| 840 |
|
|
case O_lituse_tlsldm: name = "O_lituse_tlsldm"; break;
|
| 841 |
|
|
case O_lituse_jsrdirect: name = "O_lituse_jsrdirect"; break;
|
| 842 |
|
|
case O_gpdisp: name = "O_gpdisp"; break;
|
| 843 |
|
|
case O_gprelhigh: name = "O_gprelhigh"; break;
|
| 844 |
|
|
case O_gprellow: name = "O_gprellow"; break;
|
| 845 |
|
|
case O_gprel: name = "O_gprel"; break;
|
| 846 |
|
|
case O_samegp: name = "O_samegp"; break;
|
| 847 |
|
|
case O_tlsgd: name = "O_tlsgd"; break;
|
| 848 |
|
|
case O_tlsldm: name = "O_tlsldm"; break;
|
| 849 |
|
|
case O_gotdtprel: name = "O_gotdtprel"; break;
|
| 850 |
|
|
case O_dtprelhi: name = "O_dtprelhi"; break;
|
| 851 |
|
|
case O_dtprello: name = "O_dtprello"; break;
|
| 852 |
|
|
case O_dtprel: name = "O_dtprel"; break;
|
| 853 |
|
|
case O_gottprel: name = "O_gottprel"; break;
|
| 854 |
|
|
case O_tprelhi: name = "O_tprelhi"; break;
|
| 855 |
|
|
case O_tprello: name = "O_tprello"; break;
|
| 856 |
|
|
case O_tprel: name = "O_tprel"; break;
|
| 857 |
|
|
}
|
| 858 |
|
|
|
| 859 |
|
|
fprintf (stderr, ", %s(%s, %s, %d)", name,
|
| 860 |
|
|
(t->X_add_symbol) ? S_GET_NAME (t->X_add_symbol) : "--",
|
| 861 |
|
|
(t->X_op_symbol) ? S_GET_NAME (t->X_op_symbol) : "--",
|
| 862 |
|
|
(int) t->X_add_number);
|
| 863 |
|
|
}
|
| 864 |
|
|
fprintf (stderr, "\n");
|
| 865 |
|
|
fflush (stderr);
|
| 866 |
|
|
}
|
| 867 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 868 |
|
|
|
| 869 |
|
|
/* Parse the arguments to an opcode. */
|
| 870 |
|
|
|
| 871 |
|
|
static int
|
| 872 |
|
|
tokenize_arguments (char *str,
|
| 873 |
|
|
expressionS tok[],
|
| 874 |
|
|
int ntok)
|
| 875 |
|
|
{
|
| 876 |
|
|
expressionS *end_tok = tok + ntok;
|
| 877 |
|
|
char *old_input_line_pointer;
|
| 878 |
|
|
int saw_comma = 0, saw_arg = 0;
|
| 879 |
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG_ALPHA
|
| 880 |
|
|
expressionS *orig_tok = tok;
|
| 881 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 882 |
|
|
#ifdef RELOC_OP_P
|
| 883 |
|
|
char *p;
|
| 884 |
|
|
const struct alpha_reloc_op_tag *r;
|
| 885 |
|
|
int c, i;
|
| 886 |
|
|
size_t len;
|
| 887 |
|
|
int reloc_found_p = 0;
|
| 888 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 889 |
|
|
|
| 890 |
|
|
memset (tok, 0, sizeof (*tok) * ntok);
|
| 891 |
|
|
|
| 892 |
|
|
/* Save and restore input_line_pointer around this function. */
|
| 893 |
|
|
old_input_line_pointer = input_line_pointer;
|
| 894 |
|
|
input_line_pointer = str;
|
| 895 |
|
|
|
| 896 |
|
|
#ifdef RELOC_OP_P
|
| 897 |
|
|
/* ??? Wrest control of ! away from the regular expression parser. */
|
| 898 |
|
|
is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) '!'] = 1;
|
| 899 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 900 |
|
|
|
| 901 |
|
|
while (tok < end_tok && *input_line_pointer)
|
| 902 |
|
|
{
|
| 903 |
|
|
SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
|
| 904 |
|
|
switch (*input_line_pointer)
|
| 905 |
|
|
{
|
| 906 |
|
|
case '\0':
|
| 907 |
|
|
goto fini;
|
| 908 |
|
|
|
| 909 |
|
|
#ifdef RELOC_OP_P
|
| 910 |
|
|
case '!':
|
| 911 |
|
|
/* A relocation operand can be placed after the normal operand on an
|
| 912 |
|
|
assembly language statement, and has the following form:
|
| 913 |
|
|
!relocation_type!sequence_number. */
|
| 914 |
|
|
if (reloc_found_p)
|
| 915 |
|
|
{
|
| 916 |
|
|
/* Only support one relocation op per insn. */
|
| 917 |
|
|
as_bad (_("More than one relocation op per insn"));
|
| 918 |
|
|
goto err_report;
|
| 919 |
|
|
}
|
| 920 |
|
|
|
| 921 |
|
|
if (!saw_arg)
|
| 922 |
|
|
goto err;
|
| 923 |
|
|
|
| 924 |
|
|
++input_line_pointer;
|
| 925 |
|
|
SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
|
| 926 |
|
|
p = input_line_pointer;
|
| 927 |
|
|
c = get_symbol_end ();
|
| 928 |
|
|
|
| 929 |
|
|
/* Parse !relocation_type. */
|
| 930 |
|
|
len = input_line_pointer - p;
|
| 931 |
|
|
if (len == 0)
|
| 932 |
|
|
{
|
| 933 |
|
|
as_bad (_("No relocation operand"));
|
| 934 |
|
|
goto err_report;
|
| 935 |
|
|
}
|
| 936 |
|
|
|
| 937 |
|
|
r = &alpha_reloc_op[0];
|
| 938 |
|
|
for (i = alpha_num_reloc_op - 1; i >= 0; i--, r++)
|
| 939 |
|
|
if (len == r->length && memcmp (p, r->name, len) == 0)
|
| 940 |
|
|
break;
|
| 941 |
|
|
if (i < 0)
|
| 942 |
|
|
{
|
| 943 |
|
|
as_bad (_("Unknown relocation operand: !%s"), p);
|
| 944 |
|
|
goto err_report;
|
| 945 |
|
|
}
|
| 946 |
|
|
|
| 947 |
|
|
*input_line_pointer = c;
|
| 948 |
|
|
SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
|
| 949 |
|
|
if (*input_line_pointer != '!')
|
| 950 |
|
|
{
|
| 951 |
|
|
if (r->require_seq)
|
| 952 |
|
|
{
|
| 953 |
|
|
as_bad (_("no sequence number after !%s"), p);
|
| 954 |
|
|
goto err_report;
|
| 955 |
|
|
}
|
| 956 |
|
|
|
| 957 |
|
|
tok->X_add_number = 0;
|
| 958 |
|
|
}
|
| 959 |
|
|
else
|
| 960 |
|
|
{
|
| 961 |
|
|
if (! r->allow_seq)
|
| 962 |
|
|
{
|
| 963 |
|
|
as_bad (_("!%s does not use a sequence number"), p);
|
| 964 |
|
|
goto err_report;
|
| 965 |
|
|
}
|
| 966 |
|
|
|
| 967 |
|
|
input_line_pointer++;
|
| 968 |
|
|
|
| 969 |
|
|
/* Parse !sequence_number. */
|
| 970 |
|
|
expression (tok);
|
| 971 |
|
|
if (tok->X_op != O_constant || tok->X_add_number <= 0)
|
| 972 |
|
|
{
|
| 973 |
|
|
as_bad (_("Bad sequence number: !%s!%s"),
|
| 974 |
|
|
r->name, input_line_pointer);
|
| 975 |
|
|
goto err_report;
|
| 976 |
|
|
}
|
| 977 |
|
|
}
|
| 978 |
|
|
|
| 979 |
|
|
tok->X_op = r->op;
|
| 980 |
|
|
reloc_found_p = 1;
|
| 981 |
|
|
++tok;
|
| 982 |
|
|
break;
|
| 983 |
|
|
#endif /* RELOC_OP_P */
|
| 984 |
|
|
|
| 985 |
|
|
case ',':
|
| 986 |
|
|
++input_line_pointer;
|
| 987 |
|
|
if (saw_comma || !saw_arg)
|
| 988 |
|
|
goto err;
|
| 989 |
|
|
saw_comma = 1;
|
| 990 |
|
|
break;
|
| 991 |
|
|
|
| 992 |
|
|
case '(':
|
| 993 |
|
|
{
|
| 994 |
|
|
char *hold = input_line_pointer++;
|
| 995 |
|
|
|
| 996 |
|
|
/* First try for parenthesized register ... */
|
| 997 |
|
|
expression (tok);
|
| 998 |
|
|
if (*input_line_pointer == ')' && tok->X_op == O_register)
|
| 999 |
|
|
{
|
| 1000 |
|
|
tok->X_op = (saw_comma ? O_cpregister : O_pregister);
|
| 1001 |
|
|
saw_comma = 0;
|
| 1002 |
|
|
saw_arg = 1;
|
| 1003 |
|
|
++input_line_pointer;
|
| 1004 |
|
|
++tok;
|
| 1005 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1006 |
|
|
}
|
| 1007 |
|
|
|
| 1008 |
|
|
/* ... then fall through to plain expression. */
|
| 1009 |
|
|
input_line_pointer = hold;
|
| 1010 |
|
|
}
|
| 1011 |
|
|
|
| 1012 |
|
|
default:
|
| 1013 |
|
|
if (saw_arg && !saw_comma)
|
| 1014 |
|
|
goto err;
|
| 1015 |
|
|
|
| 1016 |
|
|
expression (tok);
|
| 1017 |
|
|
if (tok->X_op == O_illegal || tok->X_op == O_absent)
|
| 1018 |
|
|
goto err;
|
| 1019 |
|
|
|
| 1020 |
|
|
saw_comma = 0;
|
| 1021 |
|
|
saw_arg = 1;
|
| 1022 |
|
|
++tok;
|
| 1023 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1024 |
|
|
}
|
| 1025 |
|
|
}
|
| 1026 |
|
|
|
| 1027 |
|
|
fini:
|
| 1028 |
|
|
if (saw_comma)
|
| 1029 |
|
|
goto err;
|
| 1030 |
|
|
input_line_pointer = old_input_line_pointer;
|
| 1031 |
|
|
|
| 1032 |
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG_ALPHA
|
| 1033 |
|
|
debug_exp (orig_tok, ntok - (end_tok - tok));
|
| 1034 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 1035 |
|
|
#ifdef RELOC_OP_P
|
| 1036 |
|
|
is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) '!'] = 0;
|
| 1037 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 1038 |
|
|
|
| 1039 |
|
|
return ntok - (end_tok - tok);
|
| 1040 |
|
|
|
| 1041 |
|
|
err:
|
| 1042 |
|
|
#ifdef RELOC_OP_P
|
| 1043 |
|
|
is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) '!'] = 0;
|
| 1044 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 1045 |
|
|
input_line_pointer = old_input_line_pointer;
|
| 1046 |
|
|
return TOKENIZE_ERROR;
|
| 1047 |
|
|
|
| 1048 |
|
|
#ifdef RELOC_OP_P
|
| 1049 |
|
|
err_report:
|
| 1050 |
|
|
is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) '!'] = 0;
|
| 1051 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 1052 |
|
|
input_line_pointer = old_input_line_pointer;
|
| 1053 |
|
|
return TOKENIZE_ERROR_REPORT;
|
| 1054 |
|
|
}
|
| 1055 |
|
|
|
| 1056 |
|
|
/* Search forward through all variants of an opcode looking for a
|
| 1057 |
|
|
syntax match. */
|
| 1058 |
|
|
|
| 1059 |
|
|
static const struct alpha_opcode *
|
| 1060 |
|
|
find_opcode_match (const struct alpha_opcode *first_opcode,
|
| 1061 |
|
|
const expressionS *tok,
|
| 1062 |
|
|
int *pntok,
|
| 1063 |
|
|
int *pcpumatch)
|
| 1064 |
|
|
{
|
| 1065 |
|
|
const struct alpha_opcode *opcode = first_opcode;
|
| 1066 |
|
|
int ntok = *pntok;
|
| 1067 |
|
|
int got_cpu_match = 0;
|
| 1068 |
|
|
|
| 1069 |
|
|
do
|
| 1070 |
|
|
{
|
| 1071 |
|
|
const unsigned char *opidx;
|
| 1072 |
|
|
int tokidx = 0;
|
| 1073 |
|
|
|
| 1074 |
|
|
/* Don't match opcodes that don't exist on this architecture. */
|
| 1075 |
|
|
if (!(opcode->flags & alpha_target))
|
| 1076 |
|
|
goto match_failed;
|
| 1077 |
|
|
|
| 1078 |
|
|
got_cpu_match = 1;
|
| 1079 |
|
|
|
| 1080 |
|
|
for (opidx = opcode->operands; *opidx; ++opidx)
|
| 1081 |
|
|
{
|
| 1082 |
|
|
const struct alpha_operand *operand = &alpha_operands[*opidx];
|
| 1083 |
|
|
|
| 1084 |
|
|
/* Only take input from real operands. */
|
| 1085 |
|
|
if (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_FAKE)
|
| 1086 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 1087 |
|
|
|
| 1088 |
|
|
/* When we expect input, make sure we have it. */
|
| 1089 |
|
|
if (tokidx >= ntok)
|
| 1090 |
|
|
{
|
| 1091 |
|
|
if ((operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_OPTIONAL_MASK) == 0)
|
| 1092 |
|
|
goto match_failed;
|
| 1093 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 1094 |
|
|
}
|
| 1095 |
|
|
|
| 1096 |
|
|
/* Match operand type with expression type. */
|
| 1097 |
|
|
switch (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_TYPECHECK_MASK)
|
| 1098 |
|
|
{
|
| 1099 |
|
|
case AXP_OPERAND_IR:
|
| 1100 |
|
|
if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_register
|
| 1101 |
|
|
|| !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
|
| 1102 |
|
|
goto match_failed;
|
| 1103 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1104 |
|
|
case AXP_OPERAND_FPR:
|
| 1105 |
|
|
if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_register
|
| 1106 |
|
|
|| !is_fpr_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
|
| 1107 |
|
|
goto match_failed;
|
| 1108 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1109 |
|
|
case AXP_OPERAND_IR | AXP_OPERAND_PARENS:
|
| 1110 |
|
|
if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_pregister
|
| 1111 |
|
|
|| !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
|
| 1112 |
|
|
goto match_failed;
|
| 1113 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1114 |
|
|
case AXP_OPERAND_IR | AXP_OPERAND_PARENS | AXP_OPERAND_COMMA:
|
| 1115 |
|
|
if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_cpregister
|
| 1116 |
|
|
|| !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
|
| 1117 |
|
|
goto match_failed;
|
| 1118 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1119 |
|
|
|
| 1120 |
|
|
case AXP_OPERAND_RELATIVE:
|
| 1121 |
|
|
case AXP_OPERAND_SIGNED:
|
| 1122 |
|
|
case AXP_OPERAND_UNSIGNED:
|
| 1123 |
|
|
switch (tok[tokidx].X_op)
|
| 1124 |
|
|
{
|
| 1125 |
|
|
case O_illegal:
|
| 1126 |
|
|
case O_absent:
|
| 1127 |
|
|
case O_register:
|
| 1128 |
|
|
case O_pregister:
|
| 1129 |
|
|
case O_cpregister:
|
| 1130 |
|
|
goto match_failed;
|
| 1131 |
|
|
|
| 1132 |
|
|
default:
|
| 1133 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1134 |
|
|
}
|
| 1135 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1136 |
|
|
|
| 1137 |
|
|
default:
|
| 1138 |
|
|
/* Everything else should have been fake. */
|
| 1139 |
|
|
abort ();
|
| 1140 |
|
|
}
|
| 1141 |
|
|
++tokidx;
|
| 1142 |
|
|
}
|
| 1143 |
|
|
|
| 1144 |
|
|
/* Possible match -- did we use all of our input? */
|
| 1145 |
|
|
if (tokidx == ntok)
|
| 1146 |
|
|
{
|
| 1147 |
|
|
*pntok = ntok;
|
| 1148 |
|
|
return opcode;
|
| 1149 |
|
|
}
|
| 1150 |
|
|
|
| 1151 |
|
|
match_failed:;
|
| 1152 |
|
|
}
|
| 1153 |
|
|
while (++opcode - alpha_opcodes < (int) alpha_num_opcodes
|
| 1154 |
|
|
&& !strcmp (opcode->name, first_opcode->name));
|
| 1155 |
|
|
|
| 1156 |
|
|
if (*pcpumatch)
|
| 1157 |
|
|
*pcpumatch = got_cpu_match;
|
| 1158 |
|
|
|
| 1159 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
| 1160 |
|
|
}
|
| 1161 |
|
|
|
| 1162 |
|
|
/* Given an opcode name and a pre-tokenized set of arguments, assemble
|
| 1163 |
|
|
the insn, but do not emit it.
|
| 1164 |
|
|
|
| 1165 |
|
|
Note that this implies no macros allowed, since we can't store more
|
| 1166 |
|
|
than one insn in an insn structure. */
|
| 1167 |
|
|
|
| 1168 |
|
|
static void
|
| 1169 |
|
|
assemble_tokens_to_insn (const char *opname,
|
| 1170 |
|
|
const expressionS *tok,
|
| 1171 |
|
|
int ntok,
|
| 1172 |
|
|
struct alpha_insn *insn)
|
| 1173 |
|
|
{
|
| 1174 |
|
|
const struct alpha_opcode *opcode;
|
| 1175 |
|
|
|
| 1176 |
|
|
/* Search opcodes. */
|
| 1177 |
|
|
opcode = (const struct alpha_opcode *) hash_find (alpha_opcode_hash, opname);
|
| 1178 |
|
|
if (opcode)
|
| 1179 |
|
|
{
|
| 1180 |
|
|
int cpumatch;
|
| 1181 |
|
|
opcode = find_opcode_match (opcode, tok, &ntok, &cpumatch);
|
| 1182 |
|
|
if (opcode)
|
| 1183 |
|
|
{
|
| 1184 |
|
|
assemble_insn (opcode, tok, ntok, insn, BFD_RELOC_UNUSED);
|
| 1185 |
|
|
return;
|
| 1186 |
|
|
}
|
| 1187 |
|
|
else if (cpumatch)
|
| 1188 |
|
|
as_bad (_("inappropriate arguments for opcode `%s'"), opname);
|
| 1189 |
|
|
else
|
| 1190 |
|
|
as_bad (_("opcode `%s' not supported for target %s"), opname,
|
| 1191 |
|
|
alpha_target_name);
|
| 1192 |
|
|
}
|
| 1193 |
|
|
else
|
| 1194 |
|
|
as_bad (_("unknown opcode `%s'"), opname);
|
| 1195 |
|
|
}
|
| 1196 |
|
|
|
| 1197 |
|
|
/* Build a BFD section with its flags set appropriately for the .lita,
|
| 1198 |
|
|
.lit8, or .lit4 sections. */
|
| 1199 |
|
|
|
| 1200 |
|
|
static void
|
| 1201 |
|
|
create_literal_section (const char *name,
|
| 1202 |
|
|
segT *secp,
|
| 1203 |
|
|
symbolS **symp)
|
| 1204 |
|
|
{
|
| 1205 |
|
|
segT current_section = now_seg;
|
| 1206 |
|
|
int current_subsec = now_subseg;
|
| 1207 |
|
|
segT new_sec;
|
| 1208 |
|
|
|
| 1209 |
|
|
*secp = new_sec = subseg_new (name, 0);
|
| 1210 |
|
|
subseg_set (current_section, current_subsec);
|
| 1211 |
|
|
bfd_set_section_alignment (stdoutput, new_sec, 4);
|
| 1212 |
|
|
bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, new_sec,
|
| 1213 |
|
|
SEC_RELOC | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY
|
| 1214 |
|
|
| SEC_DATA);
|
| 1215 |
|
|
|
| 1216 |
|
|
S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (*symp = section_symbol (new_sec));
|
| 1217 |
|
|
}
|
| 1218 |
|
|
|
| 1219 |
|
|
/* Load a (partial) expression into a target register.
|
| 1220 |
|
|
|
| 1221 |
|
|
If poffset is not null, after the call it will either contain
|
| 1222 |
|
|
O_constant 0, or a 16-bit offset appropriate for any MEM format
|
| 1223 |
|
|
instruction. In addition, pbasereg will be modified to point to
|
| 1224 |
|
|
the base register to use in that MEM format instruction.
|
| 1225 |
|
|
|
| 1226 |
|
|
In any case, *pbasereg should contain a base register to add to the
|
| 1227 |
|
|
expression. This will normally be either AXP_REG_ZERO or
|
| 1228 |
|
|
alpha_gp_register. Symbol addresses will always be loaded via $gp,
|
| 1229 |
|
|
so "foo($0)" is interpreted as adding the address of foo to $0;
|
| 1230 |
|
|
i.e. "ldq $targ, LIT($gp); addq $targ, $0, $targ". Odd, perhaps,
|
| 1231 |
|
|
but this is what OSF/1 does.
|
| 1232 |
|
|
|
| 1233 |
|
|
If explicit relocations of the form !literal!<number> are allowed,
|
| 1234 |
|
|
and used, then explicit_reloc with be an expression pointer.
|
| 1235 |
|
|
|
| 1236 |
|
|
Finally, the return value is nonzero if the calling macro may emit
|
| 1237 |
|
|
a LITUSE reloc if otherwise appropriate; the return value is the
|
| 1238 |
|
|
sequence number to use. */
|
| 1239 |
|
|
|
| 1240 |
|
|
static long
|
| 1241 |
|
|
load_expression (int targreg,
|
| 1242 |
|
|
const expressionS *exp,
|
| 1243 |
|
|
int *pbasereg,
|
| 1244 |
|
|
expressionS *poffset,
|
| 1245 |
|
|
const char *opname)
|
| 1246 |
|
|
{
|
| 1247 |
|
|
long emit_lituse = 0;
|
| 1248 |
|
|
offsetT addend = exp->X_add_number;
|
| 1249 |
|
|
int basereg = *pbasereg;
|
| 1250 |
|
|
struct alpha_insn insn;
|
| 1251 |
|
|
expressionS newtok[3];
|
| 1252 |
|
|
|
| 1253 |
|
|
switch (exp->X_op)
|
| 1254 |
|
|
{
|
| 1255 |
|
|
case O_symbol:
|
| 1256 |
|
|
{
|
| 1257 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
|
| 1258 |
|
|
offsetT lit;
|
| 1259 |
|
|
|
| 1260 |
|
|
/* Attempt to reduce .lit load by splitting the offset from
|
| 1261 |
|
|
its symbol when possible, but don't create a situation in
|
| 1262 |
|
|
which we'd fail. */
|
| 1263 |
|
|
if (!range_signed_32 (addend) &&
|
| 1264 |
|
|
(alpha_noat_on || targreg == AXP_REG_AT))
|
| 1265 |
|
|
{
|
| 1266 |
|
|
lit = add_to_literal_pool (exp->X_add_symbol, addend,
|
| 1267 |
|
|
alpha_lita_section, 8);
|
| 1268 |
|
|
addend = 0;
|
| 1269 |
|
|
}
|
| 1270 |
|
|
else
|
| 1271 |
|
|
lit = add_to_literal_pool (exp->X_add_symbol, 0,
|
| 1272 |
|
|
alpha_lita_section, 8);
|
| 1273 |
|
|
|
| 1274 |
|
|
if (lit >= 0x8000)
|
| 1275 |
|
|
as_fatal (_("overflow in literal (.lita) table"));
|
| 1276 |
|
|
|
| 1277 |
|
|
/* Emit "ldq r, lit(gp)". */
|
| 1278 |
|
|
|
| 1279 |
|
|
if (basereg != alpha_gp_register && targreg == basereg)
|
| 1280 |
|
|
{
|
| 1281 |
|
|
if (alpha_noat_on)
|
| 1282 |
|
|
as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
|
| 1283 |
|
|
if (targreg == AXP_REG_AT)
|
| 1284 |
|
|
as_bad (_("macro requires $at while $at in use"));
|
| 1285 |
|
|
|
| 1286 |
|
|
set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
|
| 1287 |
|
|
}
|
| 1288 |
|
|
else
|
| 1289 |
|
|
set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
|
| 1290 |
|
|
|
| 1291 |
|
|
set_tok_sym (newtok[1], alpha_lita_symbol, lit);
|
| 1292 |
|
|
set_tok_preg (newtok[2], alpha_gp_register);
|
| 1293 |
|
|
|
| 1294 |
|
|
assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
|
| 1295 |
|
|
|
| 1296 |
|
|
gas_assert (insn.nfixups == 1);
|
| 1297 |
|
|
insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL;
|
| 1298 |
|
|
insn.sequence = emit_lituse = next_sequence_num--;
|
| 1299 |
|
|
#endif /* OBJ_ECOFF */
|
| 1300 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
| 1301 |
|
|
/* Emit "ldq r, gotoff(gp)". */
|
| 1302 |
|
|
|
| 1303 |
|
|
if (basereg != alpha_gp_register && targreg == basereg)
|
| 1304 |
|
|
{
|
| 1305 |
|
|
if (alpha_noat_on)
|
| 1306 |
|
|
as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
|
| 1307 |
|
|
if (targreg == AXP_REG_AT)
|
| 1308 |
|
|
as_bad (_("macro requires $at while $at in use"));
|
| 1309 |
|
|
|
| 1310 |
|
|
set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
|
| 1311 |
|
|
}
|
| 1312 |
|
|
else
|
| 1313 |
|
|
set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
|
| 1314 |
|
|
|
| 1315 |
|
|
/* XXX: Disable this .got minimizing optimization so that we can get
|
| 1316 |
|
|
better instruction offset knowledge in the compiler. This happens
|
| 1317 |
|
|
very infrequently anyway. */
|
| 1318 |
|
|
if (1
|
| 1319 |
|
|
|| (!range_signed_32 (addend)
|
| 1320 |
|
|
&& (alpha_noat_on || targreg == AXP_REG_AT)))
|
| 1321 |
|
|
{
|
| 1322 |
|
|
newtok[1] = *exp;
|
| 1323 |
|
|
addend = 0;
|
| 1324 |
|
|
}
|
| 1325 |
|
|
else
|
| 1326 |
|
|
set_tok_sym (newtok[1], exp->X_add_symbol, 0);
|
| 1327 |
|
|
|
| 1328 |
|
|
set_tok_preg (newtok[2], alpha_gp_register);
|
| 1329 |
|
|
|
| 1330 |
|
|
assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
|
| 1331 |
|
|
|
| 1332 |
|
|
gas_assert (insn.nfixups == 1);
|
| 1333 |
|
|
insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL;
|
| 1334 |
|
|
insn.sequence = emit_lituse = next_sequence_num--;
|
| 1335 |
|
|
#endif /* OBJ_ELF */
|
| 1336 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_EVAX
|
| 1337 |
|
|
/* Find symbol or symbol pointer in link section. */
|
| 1338 |
|
|
|
| 1339 |
|
|
if (exp->X_add_symbol == alpha_evax_proc->symbol)
|
| 1340 |
|
|
{
|
| 1341 |
|
|
/* Linkage-relative expression. */
|
| 1342 |
|
|
set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
|
| 1343 |
|
|
|
| 1344 |
|
|
if (range_signed_16 (addend))
|
| 1345 |
|
|
{
|
| 1346 |
|
|
set_tok_const (newtok[1], addend);
|
| 1347 |
|
|
addend = 0;
|
| 1348 |
|
|
}
|
| 1349 |
|
|
else
|
| 1350 |
|
|
{
|
| 1351 |
|
|
set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
|
| 1352 |
|
|
}
|
| 1353 |
|
|
set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
|
| 1354 |
|
|
assemble_tokens_to_insn ("lda", newtok, 3, &insn);
|
| 1355 |
|
|
}
|
| 1356 |
|
|
else
|
| 1357 |
|
|
{
|
| 1358 |
|
|
const char *symname = S_GET_NAME (exp->X_add_symbol);
|
| 1359 |
|
|
const char *ptr1, *ptr2;
|
| 1360 |
|
|
int symlen = strlen (symname);
|
| 1361 |
|
|
|
| 1362 |
|
|
if ((symlen > 4 &&
|
| 1363 |
|
|
strcmp (ptr2 = &symname [symlen - 4], "..lk") == 0))
|
| 1364 |
|
|
{
|
| 1365 |
|
|
/* Access to an item whose address is stored in the linkage
|
| 1366 |
|
|
section. Just read the address. */
|
| 1367 |
|
|
set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
|
| 1368 |
|
|
|
| 1369 |
|
|
newtok[1] = *exp;
|
| 1370 |
|
|
newtok[1].X_op = O_subtract;
|
| 1371 |
|
|
newtok[1].X_op_symbol = alpha_evax_proc->symbol;
|
| 1372 |
|
|
|
| 1373 |
|
|
set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
|
| 1374 |
|
|
assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
|
| 1375 |
|
|
alpha_linkage_symbol = exp->X_add_symbol;
|
| 1376 |
|
|
|
| 1377 |
|
|
if (poffset)
|
| 1378 |
|
|
set_tok_const (*poffset, 0);
|
| 1379 |
|
|
|
| 1380 |
|
|
if (alpha_flag_replace && targreg == 26)
|
| 1381 |
|
|
{
|
| 1382 |
|
|
/* Add a NOP fixup for 'ldX $26,YYY..NAME..lk'. */
|
| 1383 |
|
|
char *ensymname;
|
| 1384 |
|
|
symbolS *ensym;
|
| 1385 |
|
|
|
| 1386 |
|
|
/* Build the entry name as 'NAME..en'. */
|
| 1387 |
|
|
ptr1 = strstr (symname, "..") + 2;
|
| 1388 |
|
|
if (ptr1 > ptr2)
|
| 1389 |
|
|
ptr1 = symname;
|
| 1390 |
160 |
khays |
ensymname = (char *) alloca (ptr2 - ptr1 + 5);
|
| 1391 |
16 |
khays |
memcpy (ensymname, ptr1, ptr2 - ptr1);
|
| 1392 |
|
|
memcpy (ensymname + (ptr2 - ptr1), "..en", 5);
|
| 1393 |
|
|
|
| 1394 |
|
|
gas_assert (insn.nfixups + 1 <= MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
|
| 1395 |
|
|
insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP;
|
| 1396 |
|
|
ensym = symbol_find_or_make (ensymname);
|
| 1397 |
163 |
khays |
symbol_mark_used (ensym);
|
| 1398 |
16 |
khays |
/* The fixup must be the same as the BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH
|
| 1399 |
|
|
case in emit_jsrjmp. See B.4.5.2 of the OpenVMS Linker
|
| 1400 |
|
|
Utility Manual. */
|
| 1401 |
|
|
insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_symbol;
|
| 1402 |
|
|
insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_add_symbol = ensym;
|
| 1403 |
|
|
insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_add_number = 0;
|
| 1404 |
|
|
insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].xtrasym = alpha_linkage_symbol;
|
| 1405 |
|
|
insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].procsym = alpha_evax_proc->symbol;
|
| 1406 |
|
|
insn.nfixups++;
|
| 1407 |
|
|
|
| 1408 |
|
|
/* ??? Force bsym to be instantiated now, as it will be
|
| 1409 |
|
|
too late to do so in tc_gen_reloc. */
|
| 1410 |
|
|
symbol_get_bfdsym (exp->X_add_symbol);
|
| 1411 |
|
|
}
|
| 1412 |
|
|
else if (alpha_flag_replace && targreg == 27)
|
| 1413 |
|
|
{
|
| 1414 |
|
|
/* Add a lda fixup for 'ldX $27,YYY.NAME..lk+8'. */
|
| 1415 |
|
|
char *psymname;
|
| 1416 |
|
|
symbolS *psym;
|
| 1417 |
|
|
|
| 1418 |
|
|
/* Extract NAME. */
|
| 1419 |
|
|
ptr1 = strstr (symname, "..") + 2;
|
| 1420 |
|
|
if (ptr1 > ptr2)
|
| 1421 |
|
|
ptr1 = symname;
|
| 1422 |
160 |
khays |
psymname = (char *) alloca (ptr2 - ptr1 + 1);
|
| 1423 |
16 |
khays |
memcpy (psymname, ptr1, ptr2 - ptr1);
|
| 1424 |
|
|
psymname [ptr2 - ptr1] = 0;
|
| 1425 |
|
|
|
| 1426 |
|
|
gas_assert (insn.nfixups + 1 <= MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
|
| 1427 |
|
|
insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA;
|
| 1428 |
|
|
psym = symbol_find_or_make (psymname);
|
| 1429 |
163 |
khays |
symbol_mark_used (psym);
|
| 1430 |
16 |
khays |
insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_subtract;
|
| 1431 |
|
|
insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_add_symbol = psym;
|
| 1432 |
|
|
insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op_symbol = alpha_evax_proc->symbol;
|
| 1433 |
|
|
insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_add_number = 0;
|
| 1434 |
|
|
insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].xtrasym = alpha_linkage_symbol;
|
| 1435 |
|
|
insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].procsym = alpha_evax_proc->symbol;
|
| 1436 |
|
|
insn.nfixups++;
|
| 1437 |
|
|
}
|
| 1438 |
|
|
|
| 1439 |
|
|
emit_insn (&insn);
|
| 1440 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 1441 |
|
|
}
|
| 1442 |
|
|
else
|
| 1443 |
|
|
{
|
| 1444 |
|
|
/* Not in the linkage section. Put the value into the linkage
|
| 1445 |
|
|
section. */
|
| 1446 |
|
|
symbolS *linkexp;
|
| 1447 |
|
|
|
| 1448 |
|
|
if (!range_signed_32 (addend))
|
| 1449 |
|
|
addend = sign_extend_32 (addend);
|
| 1450 |
160 |
khays |
linkexp = add_to_link_pool (exp->X_add_symbol, 0);
|
| 1451 |
16 |
khays |
set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
|
| 1452 |
|
|
set_tok_sym (newtok[1], linkexp, 0);
|
| 1453 |
|
|
set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
|
| 1454 |
|
|
assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
|
| 1455 |
|
|
}
|
| 1456 |
|
|
}
|
| 1457 |
|
|
#endif /* OBJ_EVAX */
|
| 1458 |
|
|
|
| 1459 |
|
|
emit_insn (&insn);
|
| 1460 |
|
|
|
| 1461 |
|
|
#ifndef OBJ_EVAX
|
| 1462 |
|
|
if (basereg != alpha_gp_register && basereg != AXP_REG_ZERO)
|
| 1463 |
|
|
{
|
| 1464 |
|
|
/* Emit "addq r, base, r". */
|
| 1465 |
|
|
|
| 1466 |
|
|
set_tok_reg (newtok[1], basereg);
|
| 1467 |
|
|
set_tok_reg (newtok[2], targreg);
|
| 1468 |
|
|
assemble_tokens ("addq", newtok, 3, 0);
|
| 1469 |
|
|
}
|
| 1470 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 1471 |
|
|
basereg = targreg;
|
| 1472 |
|
|
}
|
| 1473 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1474 |
|
|
|
| 1475 |
|
|
case O_constant:
|
| 1476 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1477 |
|
|
|
| 1478 |
|
|
case O_subtract:
|
| 1479 |
|
|
/* Assume that this difference expression will be resolved to an
|
| 1480 |
|
|
absolute value and that that value will fit in 16 bits. */
|
| 1481 |
|
|
|
| 1482 |
|
|
set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
|
| 1483 |
|
|
newtok[1] = *exp;
|
| 1484 |
|
|
set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
|
| 1485 |
|
|
assemble_tokens (opname, newtok, 3, 0);
|
| 1486 |
|
|
|
| 1487 |
|
|
if (poffset)
|
| 1488 |
|
|
set_tok_const (*poffset, 0);
|
| 1489 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 1490 |
|
|
|
| 1491 |
|
|
case O_big:
|
| 1492 |
|
|
if (exp->X_add_number > 0)
|
| 1493 |
|
|
as_bad (_("bignum invalid; zero assumed"));
|
| 1494 |
|
|
else
|
| 1495 |
|
|
as_bad (_("floating point number invalid; zero assumed"));
|
| 1496 |
|
|
addend = 0;
|
| 1497 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1498 |
|
|
|
| 1499 |
|
|
default:
|
| 1500 |
|
|
as_bad (_("can't handle expression"));
|
| 1501 |
|
|
addend = 0;
|
| 1502 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1503 |
|
|
}
|
| 1504 |
|
|
|
| 1505 |
|
|
if (!range_signed_32 (addend))
|
| 1506 |
|
|
{
|
| 1507 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_EVAX
|
| 1508 |
|
|
symbolS *litexp;
|
| 1509 |
|
|
#else
|
| 1510 |
|
|
offsetT lit;
|
| 1511 |
|
|
long seq_num = next_sequence_num--;
|
| 1512 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 1513 |
|
|
|
| 1514 |
|
|
/* For 64-bit addends, just put it in the literal pool. */
|
| 1515 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_EVAX
|
| 1516 |
|
|
/* Emit "ldq targreg, lit(basereg)". */
|
| 1517 |
160 |
khays |
litexp = add_to_link_pool (section_symbol (absolute_section), addend);
|
| 1518 |
16 |
khays |
set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
|
| 1519 |
|
|
set_tok_sym (newtok[1], litexp, 0);
|
| 1520 |
|
|
set_tok_preg (newtok[2], alpha_gp_register);
|
| 1521 |
|
|
assemble_tokens ("ldq", newtok, 3, 0);
|
| 1522 |
|
|
#else
|
| 1523 |
|
|
|
| 1524 |
|
|
if (alpha_lit8_section == NULL)
|
| 1525 |
|
|
{
|
| 1526 |
|
|
create_literal_section (".lit8",
|
| 1527 |
|
|
&alpha_lit8_section,
|
| 1528 |
|
|
&alpha_lit8_symbol);
|
| 1529 |
|
|
|
| 1530 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
|
| 1531 |
|
|
alpha_lit8_literal = add_to_literal_pool (alpha_lit8_symbol, 0x8000,
|
| 1532 |
|
|
alpha_lita_section, 8);
|
| 1533 |
|
|
if (alpha_lit8_literal >= 0x8000)
|
| 1534 |
|
|
as_fatal (_("overflow in literal (.lita) table"));
|
| 1535 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 1536 |
|
|
}
|
| 1537 |
|
|
|
| 1538 |
|
|
lit = add_to_literal_pool (NULL, addend, alpha_lit8_section, 8) - 0x8000;
|
| 1539 |
|
|
if (lit >= 0x8000)
|
| 1540 |
|
|
as_fatal (_("overflow in literal (.lit8) table"));
|
| 1541 |
|
|
|
| 1542 |
|
|
/* Emit "lda litreg, .lit8+0x8000". */
|
| 1543 |
|
|
|
| 1544 |
|
|
if (targreg == basereg)
|
| 1545 |
|
|
{
|
| 1546 |
|
|
if (alpha_noat_on)
|
| 1547 |
|
|
as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
|
| 1548 |
|
|
if (targreg == AXP_REG_AT)
|
| 1549 |
|
|
as_bad (_("macro requires $at while $at in use"));
|
| 1550 |
|
|
|
| 1551 |
|
|
set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
|
| 1552 |
|
|
}
|
| 1553 |
|
|
else
|
| 1554 |
|
|
set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
|
| 1555 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
|
| 1556 |
|
|
set_tok_sym (newtok[1], alpha_lita_symbol, alpha_lit8_literal);
|
| 1557 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 1558 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
| 1559 |
|
|
set_tok_sym (newtok[1], alpha_lit8_symbol, 0x8000);
|
| 1560 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 1561 |
|
|
set_tok_preg (newtok[2], alpha_gp_register);
|
| 1562 |
|
|
|
| 1563 |
|
|
assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
|
| 1564 |
|
|
|
| 1565 |
|
|
gas_assert (insn.nfixups == 1);
|
| 1566 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
|
| 1567 |
|
|
insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL;
|
| 1568 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 1569 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
| 1570 |
|
|
insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL;
|
| 1571 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 1572 |
|
|
insn.sequence = seq_num;
|
| 1573 |
|
|
|
| 1574 |
|
|
emit_insn (&insn);
|
| 1575 |
|
|
|
| 1576 |
|
|
/* Emit "ldq litreg, lit(litreg)". */
|
| 1577 |
|
|
|
| 1578 |
|
|
set_tok_const (newtok[1], lit);
|
| 1579 |
|
|
set_tok_preg (newtok[2], newtok[0].X_add_number);
|
| 1580 |
|
|
|
| 1581 |
|
|
assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
|
| 1582 |
|
|
|
| 1583 |
|
|
gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
|
| 1584 |
|
|
insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE;
|
| 1585 |
|
|
insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
|
| 1586 |
|
|
insn.nfixups++;
|
| 1587 |
|
|
insn.sequence = seq_num;
|
| 1588 |
|
|
emit_lituse = 0;
|
| 1589 |
|
|
|
| 1590 |
|
|
emit_insn (&insn);
|
| 1591 |
|
|
|
| 1592 |
|
|
/* Emit "addq litreg, base, target". */
|
| 1593 |
|
|
|
| 1594 |
|
|
if (basereg != AXP_REG_ZERO)
|
| 1595 |
|
|
{
|
| 1596 |
|
|
set_tok_reg (newtok[1], basereg);
|
| 1597 |
|
|
set_tok_reg (newtok[2], targreg);
|
| 1598 |
|
|
assemble_tokens ("addq", newtok, 3, 0);
|
| 1599 |
|
|
}
|
| 1600 |
|
|
#endif /* !OBJ_EVAX */
|
| 1601 |
|
|
|
| 1602 |
|
|
if (poffset)
|
| 1603 |
|
|
set_tok_const (*poffset, 0);
|
| 1604 |
|
|
*pbasereg = targreg;
|
| 1605 |
|
|
}
|
| 1606 |
|
|
else
|
| 1607 |
|
|
{
|
| 1608 |
|
|
offsetT low, high, extra, tmp;
|
| 1609 |
|
|
|
| 1610 |
|
|
/* For 32-bit operands, break up the addend. */
|
| 1611 |
|
|
|
| 1612 |
|
|
low = sign_extend_16 (addend);
|
| 1613 |
|
|
tmp = addend - low;
|
| 1614 |
|
|
high = sign_extend_16 (tmp >> 16);
|
| 1615 |
|
|
|
| 1616 |
|
|
if (tmp - (high << 16))
|
| 1617 |
|
|
{
|
| 1618 |
|
|
extra = 0x4000;
|
| 1619 |
|
|
tmp -= 0x40000000;
|
| 1620 |
|
|
high = sign_extend_16 (tmp >> 16);
|
| 1621 |
|
|
}
|
| 1622 |
|
|
else
|
| 1623 |
|
|
extra = 0;
|
| 1624 |
|
|
|
| 1625 |
|
|
set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
|
| 1626 |
|
|
set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
|
| 1627 |
|
|
|
| 1628 |
|
|
if (extra)
|
| 1629 |
|
|
{
|
| 1630 |
|
|
/* Emit "ldah r, extra(r). */
|
| 1631 |
|
|
set_tok_const (newtok[1], extra);
|
| 1632 |
|
|
assemble_tokens ("ldah", newtok, 3, 0);
|
| 1633 |
|
|
set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg = targreg);
|
| 1634 |
|
|
}
|
| 1635 |
|
|
|
| 1636 |
|
|
if (high)
|
| 1637 |
|
|
{
|
| 1638 |
|
|
/* Emit "ldah r, high(r). */
|
| 1639 |
|
|
set_tok_const (newtok[1], high);
|
| 1640 |
|
|
assemble_tokens ("ldah", newtok, 3, 0);
|
| 1641 |
|
|
basereg = targreg;
|
| 1642 |
|
|
set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
|
| 1643 |
|
|
}
|
| 1644 |
|
|
|
| 1645 |
|
|
if ((low && !poffset) || (!poffset && basereg != targreg))
|
| 1646 |
|
|
{
|
| 1647 |
|
|
/* Emit "lda r, low(base)". */
|
| 1648 |
|
|
set_tok_const (newtok[1], low);
|
| 1649 |
|
|
assemble_tokens ("lda", newtok, 3, 0);
|
| 1650 |
|
|
basereg = targreg;
|
| 1651 |
|
|
low = 0;
|
| 1652 |
|
|
}
|
| 1653 |
|
|
|
| 1654 |
|
|
if (poffset)
|
| 1655 |
|
|
set_tok_const (*poffset, low);
|
| 1656 |
|
|
*pbasereg = basereg;
|
| 1657 |
|
|
}
|
| 1658 |
|
|
|
| 1659 |
|
|
return emit_lituse;
|
| 1660 |
|
|
}
|
| 1661 |
|
|
|
| 1662 |
|
|
/* The lda macro differs from the lda instruction in that it handles
|
| 1663 |
|
|
most simple expressions, particularly symbol address loads and
|
| 1664 |
|
|
large constants. */
|
| 1665 |
|
|
|
| 1666 |
|
|
static void
|
| 1667 |
|
|
emit_lda (const expressionS *tok,
|
| 1668 |
|
|
int ntok,
|
| 1669 |
|
|
const void * unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 1670 |
|
|
{
|
| 1671 |
|
|
int basereg;
|
| 1672 |
|
|
|
| 1673 |
|
|
if (ntok == 2)
|
| 1674 |
|
|
basereg = (tok[1].X_op == O_constant ? AXP_REG_ZERO : alpha_gp_register);
|
| 1675 |
|
|
else
|
| 1676 |
|
|
basereg = tok[2].X_add_number;
|
| 1677 |
|
|
|
| 1678 |
|
|
(void) load_expression (tok[0].X_add_number, &tok[1], &basereg, NULL, "lda");
|
| 1679 |
|
|
}
|
| 1680 |
|
|
|
| 1681 |
|
|
/* The ldah macro differs from the ldah instruction in that it has $31
|
| 1682 |
|
|
as an implied base register. */
|
| 1683 |
|
|
|
| 1684 |
|
|
static void
|
| 1685 |
|
|
emit_ldah (const expressionS *tok,
|
| 1686 |
|
|
int ntok ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
| 1687 |
|
|
const void * unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 1688 |
|
|
{
|
| 1689 |
|
|
expressionS newtok[3];
|
| 1690 |
|
|
|
| 1691 |
|
|
newtok[0] = tok[0];
|
| 1692 |
|
|
newtok[1] = tok[1];
|
| 1693 |
|
|
set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_ZERO);
|
| 1694 |
|
|
|
| 1695 |
|
|
assemble_tokens ("ldah", newtok, 3, 0);
|
| 1696 |
|
|
}
|
| 1697 |
|
|
|
| 1698 |
|
|
/* Called internally to handle all alignment needs. This takes care
|
| 1699 |
|
|
of eliding calls to frag_align if'n the cached current alignment
|
| 1700 |
|
|
says we've already got it, as well as taking care of the auto-align
|
| 1701 |
|
|
feature wrt labels. */
|
| 1702 |
|
|
|
| 1703 |
|
|
static void
|
| 1704 |
|
|
alpha_align (int n,
|
| 1705 |
|
|
char *pfill,
|
| 1706 |
|
|
symbolS *label,
|
| 1707 |
|
|
int force ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 1708 |
|
|
{
|
| 1709 |
|
|
if (alpha_current_align >= n)
|
| 1710 |
|
|
return;
|
| 1711 |
|
|
|
| 1712 |
|
|
if (pfill == NULL)
|
| 1713 |
|
|
{
|
| 1714 |
|
|
if (subseg_text_p (now_seg))
|
| 1715 |
|
|
frag_align_code (n, 0);
|
| 1716 |
|
|
else
|
| 1717 |
|
|
frag_align (n, 0, 0);
|
| 1718 |
|
|
}
|
| 1719 |
|
|
else
|
| 1720 |
|
|
frag_align (n, *pfill, 0);
|
| 1721 |
|
|
|
| 1722 |
|
|
alpha_current_align = n;
|
| 1723 |
|
|
|
| 1724 |
|
|
if (label != NULL && S_GET_SEGMENT (label) == now_seg)
|
| 1725 |
|
|
{
|
| 1726 |
|
|
symbol_set_frag (label, frag_now);
|
| 1727 |
|
|
S_SET_VALUE (label, (valueT) frag_now_fix ());
|
| 1728 |
|
|
}
|
| 1729 |
|
|
|
| 1730 |
|
|
record_alignment (now_seg, n);
|
| 1731 |
|
|
|
| 1732 |
|
|
/* ??? If alpha_flag_relax && force && elf, record the requested alignment
|
| 1733 |
|
|
in a reloc for the linker to see. */
|
| 1734 |
|
|
}
|
| 1735 |
|
|
|
| 1736 |
|
|
/* Actually output an instruction with its fixup. */
|
| 1737 |
|
|
|
| 1738 |
|
|
static void
|
| 1739 |
|
|
emit_insn (struct alpha_insn *insn)
|
| 1740 |
|
|
{
|
| 1741 |
|
|
char *f;
|
| 1742 |
|
|
int i;
|
| 1743 |
|
|
|
| 1744 |
|
|
/* Take care of alignment duties. */
|
| 1745 |
|
|
if (alpha_auto_align_on && alpha_current_align < 2)
|
| 1746 |
|
|
alpha_align (2, (char *) NULL, alpha_insn_label, 0);
|
| 1747 |
|
|
if (alpha_current_align > 2)
|
| 1748 |
|
|
alpha_current_align = 2;
|
| 1749 |
|
|
alpha_insn_label = NULL;
|
| 1750 |
|
|
|
| 1751 |
|
|
/* Write out the instruction. */
|
| 1752 |
|
|
f = frag_more (4);
|
| 1753 |
|
|
md_number_to_chars (f, insn->insn, 4);
|
| 1754 |
|
|
|
| 1755 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
| 1756 |
|
|
dwarf2_emit_insn (4);
|
| 1757 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 1758 |
|
|
|
| 1759 |
|
|
/* Apply the fixups in order. */
|
| 1760 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < insn->nfixups; ++i)
|
| 1761 |
|
|
{
|
| 1762 |
|
|
const struct alpha_operand *operand = (const struct alpha_operand *) 0;
|
| 1763 |
|
|
struct alpha_fixup *fixup = &insn->fixups[i];
|
| 1764 |
|
|
struct alpha_reloc_tag *info = NULL;
|
| 1765 |
|
|
int size, pcrel;
|
| 1766 |
|
|
fixS *fixP;
|
| 1767 |
|
|
|
| 1768 |
|
|
/* Some fixups are only used internally and so have no howto. */
|
| 1769 |
|
|
if ((int) fixup->reloc < 0)
|
| 1770 |
|
|
{
|
| 1771 |
|
|
operand = &alpha_operands[-(int) fixup->reloc];
|
| 1772 |
|
|
size = 4;
|
| 1773 |
|
|
pcrel = ((operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_RELATIVE) != 0);
|
| 1774 |
|
|
}
|
| 1775 |
|
|
else if (fixup->reloc > BFD_RELOC_UNUSED
|
| 1776 |
|
|
|| fixup->reloc == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16
|
| 1777 |
|
|
|| fixup->reloc == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16)
|
| 1778 |
|
|
{
|
| 1779 |
|
|
size = 2;
|
| 1780 |
|
|
pcrel = 0;
|
| 1781 |
|
|
}
|
| 1782 |
|
|
else
|
| 1783 |
|
|
{
|
| 1784 |
|
|
reloc_howto_type *reloc_howto =
|
| 1785 |
|
|
bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
|
| 1786 |
|
|
(bfd_reloc_code_real_type) fixup->reloc);
|
| 1787 |
|
|
gas_assert (reloc_howto);
|
| 1788 |
|
|
|
| 1789 |
|
|
size = bfd_get_reloc_size (reloc_howto);
|
| 1790 |
|
|
|
| 1791 |
|
|
switch (fixup->reloc)
|
| 1792 |
|
|
{
|
| 1793 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_EVAX
|
| 1794 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP:
|
| 1795 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR:
|
| 1796 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA:
|
| 1797 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH:
|
| 1798 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1799 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 1800 |
|
|
default:
|
| 1801 |
|
|
gas_assert (size >= 1 && size <= 4);
|
| 1802 |
|
|
}
|
| 1803 |
|
|
|
| 1804 |
|
|
pcrel = reloc_howto->pc_relative;
|
| 1805 |
|
|
}
|
| 1806 |
|
|
|
| 1807 |
|
|
fixP = fix_new_exp (frag_now, f - frag_now->fr_literal, size,
|
| 1808 |
|
|
&fixup->exp, pcrel, (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) fixup->reloc);
|
| 1809 |
|
|
|
| 1810 |
|
|
/* Turn off complaints that the addend is too large for some fixups,
|
| 1811 |
|
|
and copy in the sequence number for the explicit relocations. */
|
| 1812 |
|
|
switch (fixup->reloc)
|
| 1813 |
|
|
{
|
| 1814 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT:
|
| 1815 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_GPREL32:
|
| 1816 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16:
|
| 1817 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_HI16:
|
| 1818 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_LO16:
|
| 1819 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTDTPREL16:
|
| 1820 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_HI16:
|
| 1821 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_LO16:
|
| 1822 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL16:
|
| 1823 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTTPREL16:
|
| 1824 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_HI16:
|
| 1825 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_LO16:
|
| 1826 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL16:
|
| 1827 |
|
|
fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
|
| 1828 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1829 |
|
|
|
| 1830 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16:
|
| 1831 |
|
|
fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
|
| 1832 |
|
|
fixP->fx_addsy = section_symbol (now_seg);
|
| 1833 |
|
|
fixP->fx_offset = 0;
|
| 1834 |
|
|
|
| 1835 |
|
|
info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence);
|
| 1836 |
|
|
if (++info->n_master > 1)
|
| 1837 |
|
|
as_bad (_("too many ldah insns for !gpdisp!%ld"), insn->sequence);
|
| 1838 |
|
|
if (info->segment != now_seg)
|
| 1839 |
|
|
as_bad (_("both insns for !gpdisp!%ld must be in the same section"),
|
| 1840 |
|
|
insn->sequence);
|
| 1841 |
|
|
fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
|
| 1842 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1843 |
|
|
|
| 1844 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16:
|
| 1845 |
|
|
fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
|
| 1846 |
|
|
|
| 1847 |
|
|
info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence);
|
| 1848 |
|
|
if (++info->n_slaves > 1)
|
| 1849 |
|
|
as_bad (_("too many lda insns for !gpdisp!%ld"), insn->sequence);
|
| 1850 |
|
|
if (info->segment != now_seg)
|
| 1851 |
|
|
as_bad (_("both insns for !gpdisp!%ld must be in the same section"),
|
| 1852 |
|
|
insn->sequence);
|
| 1853 |
|
|
fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
|
| 1854 |
|
|
info->slaves = fixP;
|
| 1855 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1856 |
|
|
|
| 1857 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL:
|
| 1858 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
|
| 1859 |
|
|
fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
|
| 1860 |
|
|
|
| 1861 |
|
|
if (insn->sequence == 0)
|
| 1862 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1863 |
|
|
info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence);
|
| 1864 |
|
|
info->master = fixP;
|
| 1865 |
|
|
info->n_master++;
|
| 1866 |
|
|
if (info->segment != now_seg)
|
| 1867 |
|
|
info->multi_section_p = 1;
|
| 1868 |
|
|
fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
|
| 1869 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1870 |
|
|
|
| 1871 |
|
|
#ifdef RELOC_OP_P
|
| 1872 |
|
|
case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_ADDR:
|
| 1873 |
|
|
fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_ADDR;
|
| 1874 |
|
|
goto do_lituse;
|
| 1875 |
|
|
case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE:
|
| 1876 |
|
|
fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_BASE;
|
| 1877 |
|
|
goto do_lituse;
|
| 1878 |
|
|
case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF:
|
| 1879 |
|
|
fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_BYTOFF;
|
| 1880 |
|
|
goto do_lituse;
|
| 1881 |
|
|
case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSR:
|
| 1882 |
|
|
fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_JSR;
|
| 1883 |
|
|
goto do_lituse;
|
| 1884 |
|
|
case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSGD:
|
| 1885 |
|
|
fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_TLSGD;
|
| 1886 |
|
|
goto do_lituse;
|
| 1887 |
|
|
case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSLDM:
|
| 1888 |
|
|
fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_TLSLDM;
|
| 1889 |
|
|
goto do_lituse;
|
| 1890 |
|
|
case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSRDIRECT:
|
| 1891 |
|
|
fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_JSRDIRECT;
|
| 1892 |
|
|
goto do_lituse;
|
| 1893 |
|
|
do_lituse:
|
| 1894 |
|
|
fixP->fx_addsy = section_symbol (now_seg);
|
| 1895 |
|
|
fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE;
|
| 1896 |
|
|
|
| 1897 |
|
|
info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence);
|
| 1898 |
|
|
if (fixup->reloc == DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSGD)
|
| 1899 |
|
|
info->saw_lu_tlsgd = 1;
|
| 1900 |
|
|
else if (fixup->reloc == DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSLDM)
|
| 1901 |
|
|
info->saw_lu_tlsldm = 1;
|
| 1902 |
|
|
if (++info->n_slaves > 1)
|
| 1903 |
|
|
{
|
| 1904 |
|
|
if (info->saw_lu_tlsgd)
|
| 1905 |
|
|
as_bad (_("too many lituse insns for !lituse_tlsgd!%ld"),
|
| 1906 |
|
|
insn->sequence);
|
| 1907 |
|
|
else if (info->saw_lu_tlsldm)
|
| 1908 |
|
|
as_bad (_("too many lituse insns for !lituse_tlsldm!%ld"),
|
| 1909 |
|
|
insn->sequence);
|
| 1910 |
|
|
}
|
| 1911 |
|
|
fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
|
| 1912 |
|
|
fixP->tc_fix_data.next_reloc = info->slaves;
|
| 1913 |
|
|
info->slaves = fixP;
|
| 1914 |
|
|
if (info->segment != now_seg)
|
| 1915 |
|
|
info->multi_section_p = 1;
|
| 1916 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1917 |
|
|
|
| 1918 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD:
|
| 1919 |
|
|
fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
|
| 1920 |
|
|
|
| 1921 |
|
|
if (insn->sequence == 0)
|
| 1922 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1923 |
|
|
info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence);
|
| 1924 |
|
|
if (info->saw_tlsgd)
|
| 1925 |
|
|
as_bad (_("duplicate !tlsgd!%ld"), insn->sequence);
|
| 1926 |
|
|
else if (info->saw_tlsldm)
|
| 1927 |
|
|
as_bad (_("sequence number in use for !tlsldm!%ld"),
|
| 1928 |
|
|
insn->sequence);
|
| 1929 |
|
|
else
|
| 1930 |
|
|
info->saw_tlsgd = 1;
|
| 1931 |
|
|
fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
|
| 1932 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1933 |
|
|
|
| 1934 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM:
|
| 1935 |
|
|
fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
|
| 1936 |
|
|
|
| 1937 |
|
|
if (insn->sequence == 0)
|
| 1938 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1939 |
|
|
info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence);
|
| 1940 |
|
|
if (info->saw_tlsldm)
|
| 1941 |
|
|
as_bad (_("duplicate !tlsldm!%ld"), insn->sequence);
|
| 1942 |
|
|
else if (info->saw_tlsgd)
|
| 1943 |
|
|
as_bad (_("sequence number in use for !tlsgd!%ld"),
|
| 1944 |
|
|
insn->sequence);
|
| 1945 |
|
|
else
|
| 1946 |
|
|
info->saw_tlsldm = 1;
|
| 1947 |
|
|
fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
|
| 1948 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1949 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 1950 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_EVAX
|
| 1951 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP:
|
| 1952 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA:
|
| 1953 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR:
|
| 1954 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH:
|
| 1955 |
|
|
info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (next_sequence_num--);
|
| 1956 |
|
|
fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
|
| 1957 |
|
|
fixP->tc_fix_data.info->sym = fixup->xtrasym;
|
| 1958 |
|
|
fixP->tc_fix_data.info->psym = fixup->procsym;
|
| 1959 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1960 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 1961 |
|
|
|
| 1962 |
|
|
default:
|
| 1963 |
|
|
if ((int) fixup->reloc < 0)
|
| 1964 |
|
|
{
|
| 1965 |
|
|
if (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_NOOVERFLOW)
|
| 1966 |
|
|
fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
|
| 1967 |
|
|
}
|
| 1968 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1969 |
|
|
}
|
| 1970 |
|
|
}
|
| 1971 |
|
|
}
|
| 1972 |
|
|
|
| 1973 |
|
|
/* Insert an operand value into an instruction. */
|
| 1974 |
|
|
|
| 1975 |
|
|
static unsigned
|
| 1976 |
|
|
insert_operand (unsigned insn,
|
| 1977 |
|
|
const struct alpha_operand *operand,
|
| 1978 |
|
|
offsetT val,
|
| 1979 |
|
|
char *file,
|
| 1980 |
|
|
unsigned line)
|
| 1981 |
|
|
{
|
| 1982 |
|
|
if (operand->bits != 32 && !(operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_NOOVERFLOW))
|
| 1983 |
|
|
{
|
| 1984 |
|
|
offsetT min, max;
|
| 1985 |
|
|
|
| 1986 |
|
|
if (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_SIGNED)
|
| 1987 |
|
|
{
|
| 1988 |
|
|
max = (1 << (operand->bits - 1)) - 1;
|
| 1989 |
|
|
min = -(1 << (operand->bits - 1));
|
| 1990 |
|
|
}
|
| 1991 |
|
|
else
|
| 1992 |
|
|
{
|
| 1993 |
|
|
max = (1 << operand->bits) - 1;
|
| 1994 |
|
|
min = 0;
|
| 1995 |
|
|
}
|
| 1996 |
|
|
|
| 1997 |
|
|
if (val < min || val > max)
|
| 1998 |
163 |
khays |
as_bad_value_out_of_range (_("operand"), val, min, max, file, line);
|
| 1999 |
16 |
khays |
}
|
| 2000 |
|
|
|
| 2001 |
|
|
if (operand->insert)
|
| 2002 |
|
|
{
|
| 2003 |
|
|
const char *errmsg = NULL;
|
| 2004 |
|
|
|
| 2005 |
|
|
insn = (*operand->insert) (insn, val, &errmsg);
|
| 2006 |
|
|
if (errmsg)
|
| 2007 |
|
|
as_warn ("%s", errmsg);
|
| 2008 |
|
|
}
|
| 2009 |
|
|
else
|
| 2010 |
|
|
insn |= ((val & ((1 << operand->bits) - 1)) << operand->shift);
|
| 2011 |
|
|
|
| 2012 |
|
|
return insn;
|
| 2013 |
|
|
}
|
| 2014 |
|
|
|
| 2015 |
|
|
/* Turn an opcode description and a set of arguments into
|
| 2016 |
|
|
an instruction and a fixup. */
|
| 2017 |
|
|
|
| 2018 |
|
|
static void
|
| 2019 |
|
|
assemble_insn (const struct alpha_opcode *opcode,
|
| 2020 |
|
|
const expressionS *tok,
|
| 2021 |
|
|
int ntok,
|
| 2022 |
|
|
struct alpha_insn *insn,
|
| 2023 |
|
|
extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc)
|
| 2024 |
|
|
{
|
| 2025 |
|
|
const struct alpha_operand *reloc_operand = NULL;
|
| 2026 |
|
|
const expressionS *reloc_exp = NULL;
|
| 2027 |
|
|
const unsigned char *argidx;
|
| 2028 |
|
|
unsigned image;
|
| 2029 |
|
|
int tokidx = 0;
|
| 2030 |
|
|
|
| 2031 |
|
|
memset (insn, 0, sizeof (*insn));
|
| 2032 |
|
|
image = opcode->opcode;
|
| 2033 |
|
|
|
| 2034 |
|
|
for (argidx = opcode->operands; *argidx; ++argidx)
|
| 2035 |
|
|
{
|
| 2036 |
|
|
const struct alpha_operand *operand = &alpha_operands[*argidx];
|
| 2037 |
|
|
const expressionS *t = (const expressionS *) 0;
|
| 2038 |
|
|
|
| 2039 |
|
|
if (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_FAKE)
|
| 2040 |
|
|
{
|
| 2041 |
|
|
/* Fake operands take no value and generate no fixup. */
|
| 2042 |
|
|
image = insert_operand (image, operand, 0, NULL, 0);
|
| 2043 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 2044 |
|
|
}
|
| 2045 |
|
|
|
| 2046 |
|
|
if (tokidx >= ntok)
|
| 2047 |
|
|
{
|
| 2048 |
|
|
switch (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_OPTIONAL_MASK)
|
| 2049 |
|
|
{
|
| 2050 |
|
|
case AXP_OPERAND_DEFAULT_FIRST:
|
| 2051 |
|
|
t = &tok[0];
|
| 2052 |
|
|
break;
|
| 2053 |
|
|
case AXP_OPERAND_DEFAULT_SECOND:
|
| 2054 |
|
|
t = &tok[1];
|
| 2055 |
|
|
break;
|
| 2056 |
|
|
case AXP_OPERAND_DEFAULT_ZERO:
|
| 2057 |
|
|
{
|
| 2058 |
|
|
static expressionS zero_exp;
|
| 2059 |
|
|
t = &zero_exp;
|
| 2060 |
|
|
zero_exp.X_op = O_constant;
|
| 2061 |
|
|
zero_exp.X_unsigned = 1;
|
| 2062 |
|
|
}
|
| 2063 |
|
|
break;
|
| 2064 |
|
|
default:
|
| 2065 |
|
|
abort ();
|
| 2066 |
|
|
}
|
| 2067 |
|
|
}
|
| 2068 |
|
|
else
|
| 2069 |
|
|
t = &tok[tokidx++];
|
| 2070 |
|
|
|
| 2071 |
|
|
switch (t->X_op)
|
| 2072 |
|
|
{
|
| 2073 |
|
|
case O_register:
|
| 2074 |
|
|
case O_pregister:
|
| 2075 |
|
|
case O_cpregister:
|
| 2076 |
|
|
image = insert_operand (image, operand, regno (t->X_add_number),
|
| 2077 |
|
|
NULL, 0);
|
| 2078 |
|
|
break;
|
| 2079 |
|
|
|
| 2080 |
|
|
case O_constant:
|
| 2081 |
|
|
image = insert_operand (image, operand, t->X_add_number, NULL, 0);
|
| 2082 |
|
|
gas_assert (reloc_operand == NULL);
|
| 2083 |
|
|
reloc_operand = operand;
|
| 2084 |
|
|
reloc_exp = t;
|
| 2085 |
|
|
break;
|
| 2086 |
|
|
|
| 2087 |
|
|
default:
|
| 2088 |
|
|
/* This is only 0 for fields that should contain registers,
|
| 2089 |
|
|
which means this pattern shouldn't have matched. */
|
| 2090 |
|
|
if (operand->default_reloc == 0)
|
| 2091 |
|
|
abort ();
|
| 2092 |
|
|
|
| 2093 |
|
|
/* There is one special case for which an insn receives two
|
| 2094 |
|
|
relocations, and thus the user-supplied reloc does not
|
| 2095 |
|
|
override the operand reloc. */
|
| 2096 |
|
|
if (operand->default_reloc == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT)
|
| 2097 |
|
|
{
|
| 2098 |
|
|
struct alpha_fixup *fixup;
|
| 2099 |
|
|
|
| 2100 |
|
|
if (insn->nfixups >= MAX_INSN_FIXUPS)
|
| 2101 |
|
|
as_fatal (_("too many fixups"));
|
| 2102 |
|
|
|
| 2103 |
|
|
fixup = &insn->fixups[insn->nfixups++];
|
| 2104 |
|
|
fixup->exp = *t;
|
| 2105 |
|
|
fixup->reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT;
|
| 2106 |
|
|
}
|
| 2107 |
|
|
else
|
| 2108 |
|
|
{
|
| 2109 |
|
|
if (reloc == BFD_RELOC_UNUSED)
|
| 2110 |
|
|
reloc = operand->default_reloc;
|
| 2111 |
|
|
|
| 2112 |
|
|
gas_assert (reloc_operand == NULL);
|
| 2113 |
|
|
reloc_operand = operand;
|
| 2114 |
|
|
reloc_exp = t;
|
| 2115 |
|
|
}
|
| 2116 |
|
|
break;
|
| 2117 |
|
|
}
|
| 2118 |
|
|
}
|
| 2119 |
|
|
|
| 2120 |
|
|
if (reloc != BFD_RELOC_UNUSED)
|
| 2121 |
|
|
{
|
| 2122 |
|
|
struct alpha_fixup *fixup;
|
| 2123 |
|
|
|
| 2124 |
|
|
if (insn->nfixups >= MAX_INSN_FIXUPS)
|
| 2125 |
|
|
as_fatal (_("too many fixups"));
|
| 2126 |
|
|
|
| 2127 |
|
|
/* ??? My but this is hacky. But the OSF/1 assembler uses the same
|
| 2128 |
|
|
relocation tag for both ldah and lda with gpdisp. Choose the
|
| 2129 |
|
|
correct internal relocation based on the opcode. */
|
| 2130 |
|
|
if (reloc == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP)
|
| 2131 |
|
|
{
|
| 2132 |
|
|
if (strcmp (opcode->name, "ldah") == 0)
|
| 2133 |
|
|
reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16;
|
| 2134 |
|
|
else if (strcmp (opcode->name, "lda") == 0)
|
| 2135 |
|
|
reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16;
|
| 2136 |
|
|
else
|
| 2137 |
|
|
as_bad (_("invalid relocation for instruction"));
|
| 2138 |
|
|
}
|
| 2139 |
|
|
|
| 2140 |
|
|
/* If this is a real relocation (as opposed to a lituse hint), then
|
| 2141 |
|
|
the relocation width should match the operand width.
|
| 2142 |
|
|
Take care of -MDISP in operand table. */
|
| 2143 |
|
|
else if (reloc < BFD_RELOC_UNUSED && reloc > 0)
|
| 2144 |
|
|
{
|
| 2145 |
|
|
reloc_howto_type *reloc_howto
|
| 2146 |
|
|
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
|
| 2147 |
|
|
(bfd_reloc_code_real_type) reloc);
|
| 2148 |
|
|
if (reloc_operand == NULL
|
| 2149 |
|
|
|| reloc_howto->bitsize != reloc_operand->bits)
|
| 2150 |
|
|
{
|
| 2151 |
|
|
as_bad (_("invalid relocation for field"));
|
| 2152 |
|
|
return;
|
| 2153 |
|
|
}
|
| 2154 |
|
|
}
|
| 2155 |
|
|
|
| 2156 |
|
|
fixup = &insn->fixups[insn->nfixups++];
|
| 2157 |
|
|
if (reloc_exp)
|
| 2158 |
|
|
fixup->exp = *reloc_exp;
|
| 2159 |
|
|
else
|
| 2160 |
|
|
fixup->exp.X_op = O_absent;
|
| 2161 |
|
|
fixup->reloc = reloc;
|
| 2162 |
|
|
}
|
| 2163 |
|
|
|
| 2164 |
|
|
insn->insn = image;
|
| 2165 |
|
|
}
|
| 2166 |
|
|
|
| 2167 |
|
|
/* Handle all "simple" integer register loads -- ldq, ldq_l, ldq_u,
|
| 2168 |
|
|
etc. They differ from the real instructions in that they do simple
|
| 2169 |
|
|
expressions like the lda macro. */
|
| 2170 |
|
|
|
| 2171 |
|
|
static void
|
| 2172 |
|
|
emit_ir_load (const expressionS *tok,
|
| 2173 |
|
|
int ntok,
|
| 2174 |
|
|
const void * opname)
|
| 2175 |
|
|
{
|
| 2176 |
|
|
int basereg;
|
| 2177 |
|
|
long lituse;
|
| 2178 |
|
|
expressionS newtok[3];
|
| 2179 |
|
|
struct alpha_insn insn;
|
| 2180 |
|
|
const char *symname
|
| 2181 |
|
|
= tok[1].X_add_symbol ? S_GET_NAME (tok[1].X_add_symbol): "";
|
| 2182 |
|
|
int symlen = strlen (symname);
|
| 2183 |
|
|
|
| 2184 |
|
|
if (ntok == 2)
|
| 2185 |
|
|
basereg = (tok[1].X_op == O_constant ? AXP_REG_ZERO : alpha_gp_register);
|
| 2186 |
|
|
else
|
| 2187 |
|
|
basereg = tok[2].X_add_number;
|
| 2188 |
|
|
|
| 2189 |
|
|
lituse = load_expression (tok[0].X_add_number, &tok[1],
|
| 2190 |
|
|
&basereg, &newtok[1], (const char *) opname);
|
| 2191 |
|
|
|
| 2192 |
|
|
if (basereg == alpha_gp_register &&
|
| 2193 |
|
|
(symlen > 4 && strcmp (&symname [symlen - 4], "..lk") == 0))
|
| 2194 |
|
|
return;
|
| 2195 |
|
|
|
| 2196 |
|
|
newtok[0] = tok[0];
|
| 2197 |
|
|
set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
|
| 2198 |
|
|
|
| 2199 |
|
|
assemble_tokens_to_insn ((const char *) opname, newtok, 3, &insn);
|
| 2200 |
|
|
|
| 2201 |
|
|
if (lituse)
|
| 2202 |
|
|
{
|
| 2203 |
|
|
gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
|
| 2204 |
|
|
insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE;
|
| 2205 |
|
|
insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
|
| 2206 |
|
|
insn.nfixups++;
|
| 2207 |
|
|
insn.sequence = lituse;
|
| 2208 |
|
|
}
|
| 2209 |
|
|
|
| 2210 |
|
|
emit_insn (&insn);
|
| 2211 |
|
|
}
|
| 2212 |
|
|
|
| 2213 |
|
|
/* Handle fp register loads, and both integer and fp register stores.
|
| 2214 |
|
|
Again, we handle simple expressions. */
|
| 2215 |
|
|
|
| 2216 |
|
|
static void
|
| 2217 |
|
|
emit_loadstore (const expressionS *tok,
|
| 2218 |
|
|
int ntok,
|
| 2219 |
|
|
const void * opname)
|
| 2220 |
|
|
{
|
| 2221 |
|
|
int basereg;
|
| 2222 |
|
|
long lituse;
|
| 2223 |
|
|
expressionS newtok[3];
|
| 2224 |
|
|
struct alpha_insn insn;
|
| 2225 |
|
|
|
| 2226 |
|
|
if (ntok == 2)
|
| 2227 |
|
|
basereg = (tok[1].X_op == O_constant ? AXP_REG_ZERO : alpha_gp_register);
|
| 2228 |
|
|
else
|
| 2229 |
|
|
basereg = tok[2].X_add_number;
|
| 2230 |
|
|
|
| 2231 |
|
|
if (tok[1].X_op != O_constant || !range_signed_16 (tok[1].X_add_number))
|
| 2232 |
|
|
{
|
| 2233 |
|
|
if (alpha_noat_on)
|
| 2234 |
|
|
as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
|
| 2235 |
|
|
|
| 2236 |
|
|
lituse = load_expression (AXP_REG_AT, &tok[1],
|
| 2237 |
|
|
&basereg, &newtok[1], (const char *) opname);
|
| 2238 |
|
|
}
|
| 2239 |
|
|
else
|
| 2240 |
|
|
{
|
| 2241 |
|
|
newtok[1] = tok[1];
|
| 2242 |
|
|
lituse = 0;
|
| 2243 |
|
|
}
|
| 2244 |
|
|
|
| 2245 |
|
|
newtok[0] = tok[0];
|
| 2246 |
|
|
set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
|
| 2247 |
|
|
|
| 2248 |
|
|
assemble_tokens_to_insn ((const char *) opname, newtok, 3, &insn);
|
| 2249 |
|
|
|
| 2250 |
|
|
if (lituse)
|
| 2251 |
|
|
{
|
| 2252 |
|
|
gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
|
| 2253 |
|
|
insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE;
|
| 2254 |
|
|
insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
|
| 2255 |
|
|
insn.nfixups++;
|
| 2256 |
|
|
insn.sequence = lituse;
|
| 2257 |
|
|
}
|
| 2258 |
|
|
|
| 2259 |
|
|
emit_insn (&insn);
|
| 2260 |
|
|
}
|
| 2261 |
|
|
|
| 2262 |
|
|
/* Load a half-word or byte as an unsigned value. */
|
| 2263 |
|
|
|
| 2264 |
|
|
static void
|
| 2265 |
|
|
emit_ldXu (const expressionS *tok,
|
| 2266 |
|
|
int ntok,
|
| 2267 |
|
|
const void * vlgsize)
|
| 2268 |
|
|
{
|
| 2269 |
|
|
if (alpha_target & AXP_OPCODE_BWX)
|
| 2270 |
|
|
emit_ir_load (tok, ntok, ldXu_op[(long) vlgsize]);
|
| 2271 |
|
|
else
|
| 2272 |
|
|
{
|
| 2273 |
|
|
expressionS newtok[3];
|
| 2274 |
|
|
struct alpha_insn insn;
|
| 2275 |
|
|
int basereg;
|
| 2276 |
|
|
long lituse;
|
| 2277 |
|
|
|
| 2278 |
|
|
if (alpha_noat_on)
|
| 2279 |
|
|
as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
|
| 2280 |
|
|
|
| 2281 |
|
|
if (ntok == 2)
|
| 2282 |
|
|
basereg = (tok[1].X_op == O_constant
|
| 2283 |
|
|
? AXP_REG_ZERO : alpha_gp_register);
|
| 2284 |
|
|
else
|
| 2285 |
|
|
basereg = tok[2].X_add_number;
|
| 2286 |
|
|
|
| 2287 |
|
|
/* Emit "lda $at, exp". */
|
| 2288 |
|
|
lituse = load_expression (AXP_REG_AT, &tok[1], &basereg, NULL, "lda");
|
| 2289 |
|
|
|
| 2290 |
|
|
/* Emit "ldq_u targ, 0($at)". */
|
| 2291 |
|
|
newtok[0] = tok[0];
|
| 2292 |
|
|
set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
|
| 2293 |
|
|
set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
|
| 2294 |
|
|
assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, &insn);
|
| 2295 |
|
|
|
| 2296 |
|
|
if (lituse)
|
| 2297 |
|
|
{
|
| 2298 |
|
|
gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
|
| 2299 |
|
|
insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE;
|
| 2300 |
|
|
insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
|
| 2301 |
|
|
insn.nfixups++;
|
| 2302 |
|
|
insn.sequence = lituse;
|
| 2303 |
|
|
}
|
| 2304 |
|
|
|
| 2305 |
|
|
emit_insn (&insn);
|
| 2306 |
|
|
|
| 2307 |
|
|
/* Emit "extXl targ, $at, targ". */
|
| 2308 |
|
|
set_tok_reg (newtok[1], basereg);
|
| 2309 |
|
|
newtok[2] = newtok[0];
|
| 2310 |
|
|
assemble_tokens_to_insn (extXl_op[(long) vlgsize], newtok, 3, &insn);
|
| 2311 |
|
|
|
| 2312 |
|
|
if (lituse)
|
| 2313 |
|
|
{
|
| 2314 |
|
|
gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
|
| 2315 |
|
|
insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF;
|
| 2316 |
|
|
insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
|
| 2317 |
|
|
insn.nfixups++;
|
| 2318 |
|
|
insn.sequence = lituse;
|
| 2319 |
|
|
}
|
| 2320 |
|
|
|
| 2321 |
|
|
emit_insn (&insn);
|
| 2322 |
|
|
}
|
| 2323 |
|
|
}
|
| 2324 |
|
|
|
| 2325 |
|
|
/* Load a half-word or byte as a signed value. */
|
| 2326 |
|
|
|
| 2327 |
|
|
static void
|
| 2328 |
|
|
emit_ldX (const expressionS *tok,
|
| 2329 |
|
|
int ntok,
|
| 2330 |
|
|
const void * vlgsize)
|
| 2331 |
|
|
{
|
| 2332 |
|
|
emit_ldXu (tok, ntok, vlgsize);
|
| 2333 |
|
|
assemble_tokens (sextX_op[(long) vlgsize], tok, 1, 1);
|
| 2334 |
|
|
}
|
| 2335 |
|
|
|
| 2336 |
|
|
/* Load an integral value from an unaligned address as an unsigned
|
| 2337 |
|
|
value. */
|
| 2338 |
|
|
|
| 2339 |
|
|
static void
|
| 2340 |
|
|
emit_uldXu (const expressionS *tok,
|
| 2341 |
|
|
int ntok,
|
| 2342 |
|
|
const void * vlgsize)
|
| 2343 |
|
|
{
|
| 2344 |
|
|
long lgsize = (long) vlgsize;
|
| 2345 |
|
|
expressionS newtok[3];
|
| 2346 |
|
|
|
| 2347 |
|
|
if (alpha_noat_on)
|
| 2348 |
|
|
as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
|
| 2349 |
|
|
|
| 2350 |
|
|
/* Emit "lda $at, exp". */
|
| 2351 |
|
|
memcpy (newtok, tok, sizeof (expressionS) * ntok);
|
| 2352 |
|
|
newtok[0].X_add_number = AXP_REG_AT;
|
| 2353 |
|
|
assemble_tokens ("lda", newtok, ntok, 1);
|
| 2354 |
|
|
|
| 2355 |
|
|
/* Emit "ldq_u $t9, 0($at)". */
|
| 2356 |
|
|
set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
|
| 2357 |
|
|
set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
|
| 2358 |
|
|
set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_AT);
|
| 2359 |
|
|
assemble_tokens ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
|
| 2360 |
|
|
|
| 2361 |
|
|
/* Emit "ldq_u $t10, size-1($at)". */
|
| 2362 |
|
|
set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
|
| 2363 |
|
|
set_tok_const (newtok[1], (1 << lgsize) - 1);
|
| 2364 |
|
|
assemble_tokens ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
|
| 2365 |
|
|
|
| 2366 |
|
|
/* Emit "extXl $t9, $at, $t9". */
|
| 2367 |
|
|
set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
|
| 2368 |
|
|
set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_AT);
|
| 2369 |
|
|
set_tok_reg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T9);
|
| 2370 |
|
|
assemble_tokens (extXl_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, 1);
|
| 2371 |
|
|
|
| 2372 |
|
|
/* Emit "extXh $t10, $at, $t10". */
|
| 2373 |
|
|
set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
|
| 2374 |
|
|
set_tok_reg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T10);
|
| 2375 |
|
|
assemble_tokens (extXh_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, 1);
|
| 2376 |
|
|
|
| 2377 |
|
|
/* Emit "or $t9, $t10, targ". */
|
| 2378 |
|
|
set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
|
| 2379 |
|
|
set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T10);
|
| 2380 |
|
|
newtok[2] = tok[0];
|
| 2381 |
|
|
assemble_tokens ("or", newtok, 3, 1);
|
| 2382 |
|
|
}
|
| 2383 |
|
|
|
| 2384 |
|
|
/* Load an integral value from an unaligned address as a signed value.
|
| 2385 |
|
|
Note that quads should get funneled to the unsigned load since we
|
| 2386 |
|
|
don't have to do the sign extension. */
|
| 2387 |
|
|
|
| 2388 |
|
|
static void
|
| 2389 |
|
|
emit_uldX (const expressionS *tok,
|
| 2390 |
|
|
int ntok,
|
| 2391 |
|
|
const void * vlgsize)
|
| 2392 |
|
|
{
|
| 2393 |
|
|
emit_uldXu (tok, ntok, vlgsize);
|
| 2394 |
|
|
assemble_tokens (sextX_op[(long) vlgsize], tok, 1, 1);
|
| 2395 |
|
|
}
|
| 2396 |
|
|
|
| 2397 |
|
|
/* Implement the ldil macro. */
|
| 2398 |
|
|
|
| 2399 |
|
|
static void
|
| 2400 |
|
|
emit_ldil (const expressionS *tok,
|
| 2401 |
|
|
int ntok,
|
| 2402 |
|
|
const void * unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 2403 |
|
|
{
|
| 2404 |
|
|
expressionS newtok[2];
|
| 2405 |
|
|
|
| 2406 |
|
|
memcpy (newtok, tok, sizeof (newtok));
|
| 2407 |
|
|
newtok[1].X_add_number = sign_extend_32 (tok[1].X_add_number);
|
| 2408 |
|
|
|
| 2409 |
|
|
assemble_tokens ("lda", newtok, ntok, 1);
|
| 2410 |
|
|
}
|
| 2411 |
|
|
|
| 2412 |
|
|
/* Store a half-word or byte. */
|
| 2413 |
|
|
|
| 2414 |
|
|
static void
|
| 2415 |
|
|
emit_stX (const expressionS *tok,
|
| 2416 |
|
|
int ntok,
|
| 2417 |
|
|
const void * vlgsize)
|
| 2418 |
|
|
{
|
| 2419 |
|
|
int lgsize = (int) (long) vlgsize;
|
| 2420 |
|
|
|
| 2421 |
|
|
if (alpha_target & AXP_OPCODE_BWX)
|
| 2422 |
|
|
emit_loadstore (tok, ntok, stX_op[lgsize]);
|
| 2423 |
|
|
else
|
| 2424 |
|
|
{
|
| 2425 |
|
|
expressionS newtok[3];
|
| 2426 |
|
|
struct alpha_insn insn;
|
| 2427 |
|
|
int basereg;
|
| 2428 |
|
|
long lituse;
|
| 2429 |
|
|
|
| 2430 |
|
|
if (alpha_noat_on)
|
| 2431 |
|
|
as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
|
| 2432 |
|
|
|
| 2433 |
|
|
if (ntok == 2)
|
| 2434 |
|
|
basereg = (tok[1].X_op == O_constant
|
| 2435 |
|
|
? AXP_REG_ZERO : alpha_gp_register);
|
| 2436 |
|
|
else
|
| 2437 |
|
|
basereg = tok[2].X_add_number;
|
| 2438 |
|
|
|
| 2439 |
|
|
/* Emit "lda $at, exp". */
|
| 2440 |
|
|
lituse = load_expression (AXP_REG_AT, &tok[1], &basereg, NULL, "lda");
|
| 2441 |
|
|
|
| 2442 |
|
|
/* Emit "ldq_u $t9, 0($at)". */
|
| 2443 |
|
|
set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
|
| 2444 |
|
|
set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
|
| 2445 |
|
|
set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
|
| 2446 |
|
|
assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, &insn);
|
| 2447 |
|
|
|
| 2448 |
|
|
if (lituse)
|
| 2449 |
|
|
{
|
| 2450 |
|
|
gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
|
| 2451 |
|
|
insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE;
|
| 2452 |
|
|
insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
|
| 2453 |
|
|
insn.nfixups++;
|
| 2454 |
|
|
insn.sequence = lituse;
|
| 2455 |
|
|
}
|
| 2456 |
|
|
|
| 2457 |
|
|
emit_insn (&insn);
|
| 2458 |
|
|
|
| 2459 |
|
|
/* Emit "insXl src, $at, $t10". */
|
| 2460 |
|
|
newtok[0] = tok[0];
|
| 2461 |
|
|
set_tok_reg (newtok[1], basereg);
|
| 2462 |
|
|
set_tok_reg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T10);
|
| 2463 |
|
|
assemble_tokens_to_insn (insXl_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, &insn);
|
| 2464 |
|
|
|
| 2465 |
|
|
if (lituse)
|
| 2466 |
|
|
{
|
| 2467 |
|
|
gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
|
| 2468 |
|
|
insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF;
|
| 2469 |
|
|
insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
|
| 2470 |
|
|
insn.nfixups++;
|
| 2471 |
|
|
insn.sequence = lituse;
|
| 2472 |
|
|
}
|
| 2473 |
|
|
|
| 2474 |
|
|
emit_insn (&insn);
|
| 2475 |
|
|
|
| 2476 |
|
|
/* Emit "mskXl $t9, $at, $t9". */
|
| 2477 |
|
|
set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
|
| 2478 |
|
|
newtok[2] = newtok[0];
|
| 2479 |
|
|
assemble_tokens_to_insn (mskXl_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, &insn);
|
| 2480 |
|
|
|
| 2481 |
|
|
if (lituse)
|
| 2482 |
|
|
{
|
| 2483 |
|
|
gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
|
| 2484 |
|
|
insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF;
|
| 2485 |
|
|
insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
|
| 2486 |
|
|
insn.nfixups++;
|
| 2487 |
|
|
insn.sequence = lituse;
|
| 2488 |
|
|
}
|
| 2489 |
|
|
|
| 2490 |
|
|
emit_insn (&insn);
|
| 2491 |
|
|
|
| 2492 |
|
|
/* Emit "or $t9, $t10, $t9". */
|
| 2493 |
|
|
set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T10);
|
| 2494 |
|
|
assemble_tokens ("or", newtok, 3, 1);
|
| 2495 |
|
|
|
| 2496 |
|
|
/* Emit "stq_u $t9, 0($at). */
|
| 2497 |
|
|
set_tok_const(newtok[1], 0);
|
| 2498 |
|
|
set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_AT);
|
| 2499 |
|
|
assemble_tokens_to_insn ("stq_u", newtok, 3, &insn);
|
| 2500 |
|
|
|
| 2501 |
|
|
if (lituse)
|
| 2502 |
|
|
{
|
| 2503 |
|
|
gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
|
| 2504 |
|
|
insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE;
|
| 2505 |
|
|
insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
|
| 2506 |
|
|
insn.nfixups++;
|
| 2507 |
|
|
insn.sequence = lituse;
|
| 2508 |
|
|
}
|
| 2509 |
|
|
|
| 2510 |
|
|
emit_insn (&insn);
|
| 2511 |
|
|
}
|
| 2512 |
|
|
}
|
| 2513 |
|
|
|
| 2514 |
|
|
/* Store an integer to an unaligned address. */
|
| 2515 |
|
|
|
| 2516 |
|
|
static void
|
| 2517 |
|
|
emit_ustX (const expressionS *tok,
|
| 2518 |
|
|
int ntok,
|
| 2519 |
|
|
const void * vlgsize)
|
| 2520 |
|
|
{
|
| 2521 |
|
|
int lgsize = (int) (long) vlgsize;
|
| 2522 |
|
|
expressionS newtok[3];
|
| 2523 |
|
|
|
| 2524 |
|
|
/* Emit "lda $at, exp". */
|
| 2525 |
|
|
memcpy (newtok, tok, sizeof (expressionS) * ntok);
|
| 2526 |
|
|
newtok[0].X_add_number = AXP_REG_AT;
|
| 2527 |
|
|
assemble_tokens ("lda", newtok, ntok, 1);
|
| 2528 |
|
|
|
| 2529 |
|
|
/* Emit "ldq_u $9, 0($at)". */
|
| 2530 |
|
|
set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
|
| 2531 |
|
|
set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
|
| 2532 |
|
|
set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_AT);
|
| 2533 |
|
|
assemble_tokens ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
|
| 2534 |
|
|
|
| 2535 |
|
|
/* Emit "ldq_u $10, size-1($at)". */
|
| 2536 |
|
|
set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
|
| 2537 |
|
|
set_tok_const (newtok[1], (1 << lgsize) - 1);
|
| 2538 |
|
|
assemble_tokens ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
|
| 2539 |
|
|
|
| 2540 |
|
|
/* Emit "insXl src, $at, $t11". */
|
| 2541 |
|
|
newtok[0] = tok[0];
|
| 2542 |
|
|
set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_AT);
|
| 2543 |
|
|
set_tok_reg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T11);
|
| 2544 |
|
|
assemble_tokens (insXl_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, 1);
|
| 2545 |
|
|
|
| 2546 |
|
|
/* Emit "insXh src, $at, $t12". */
|
| 2547 |
|
|
set_tok_reg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T12);
|
| 2548 |
|
|
assemble_tokens (insXh_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, 1);
|
| 2549 |
|
|
|
| 2550 |
|
|
/* Emit "mskXl $t9, $at, $t9". */
|
| 2551 |
|
|
set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
|
| 2552 |
|
|
newtok[2] = newtok[0];
|
| 2553 |
|
|
assemble_tokens (mskXl_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, 1);
|
| 2554 |
|
|
|
| 2555 |
|
|
/* Emit "mskXh $t10, $at, $t10". */
|
| 2556 |
|
|
set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
|
| 2557 |
|
|
newtok[2] = newtok[0];
|
| 2558 |
|
|
assemble_tokens (mskXh_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, 1);
|
| 2559 |
|
|
|
| 2560 |
|
|
/* Emit "or $t9, $t11, $t9". */
|
| 2561 |
|
|
set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
|
| 2562 |
|
|
set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T11);
|
| 2563 |
|
|
newtok[2] = newtok[0];
|
| 2564 |
|
|
assemble_tokens ("or", newtok, 3, 1);
|
| 2565 |
|
|
|
| 2566 |
|
|
/* Emit "or $t10, $t12, $t10". */
|
| 2567 |
|
|
set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
|
| 2568 |
|
|
set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T12);
|
| 2569 |
|
|
newtok[2] = newtok[0];
|
| 2570 |
|
|
assemble_tokens ("or", newtok, 3, 1);
|
| 2571 |
|
|
|
| 2572 |
|
|
/* Emit "stq_u $t10, size-1($at)". */
|
| 2573 |
|
|
set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
|
| 2574 |
|
|
set_tok_const (newtok[1], (1 << lgsize) - 1);
|
| 2575 |
|
|
set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_AT);
|
| 2576 |
|
|
assemble_tokens ("stq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
|
| 2577 |
|
|
|
| 2578 |
|
|
/* Emit "stq_u $t9, 0($at)". */
|
| 2579 |
|
|
set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
|
| 2580 |
|
|
set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
|
| 2581 |
|
|
assemble_tokens ("stq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
|
| 2582 |
|
|
}
|
| 2583 |
|
|
|
| 2584 |
|
|
/* Sign extend a half-word or byte. The 32-bit sign extend is
|
| 2585 |
|
|
implemented as "addl $31, $r, $t" in the opcode table. */
|
| 2586 |
|
|
|
| 2587 |
|
|
static void
|
| 2588 |
|
|
emit_sextX (const expressionS *tok,
|
| 2589 |
|
|
int ntok,
|
| 2590 |
|
|
const void * vlgsize)
|
| 2591 |
|
|
{
|
| 2592 |
|
|
long lgsize = (long) vlgsize;
|
| 2593 |
|
|
|
| 2594 |
|
|
if (alpha_target & AXP_OPCODE_BWX)
|
| 2595 |
|
|
assemble_tokens (sextX_op[lgsize], tok, ntok, 0);
|
| 2596 |
|
|
else
|
| 2597 |
|
|
{
|
| 2598 |
|
|
int bitshift = 64 - 8 * (1 << lgsize);
|
| 2599 |
|
|
expressionS newtok[3];
|
| 2600 |
|
|
|
| 2601 |
|
|
/* Emit "sll src,bits,dst". */
|
| 2602 |
|
|
newtok[0] = tok[0];
|
| 2603 |
|
|
set_tok_const (newtok[1], bitshift);
|
| 2604 |
|
|
newtok[2] = tok[ntok - 1];
|
| 2605 |
|
|
assemble_tokens ("sll", newtok, 3, 1);
|
| 2606 |
|
|
|
| 2607 |
|
|
/* Emit "sra dst,bits,dst". */
|
| 2608 |
|
|
newtok[0] = newtok[2];
|
| 2609 |
|
|
assemble_tokens ("sra", newtok, 3, 1);
|
| 2610 |
|
|
}
|
| 2611 |
|
|
}
|
| 2612 |
|
|
|
| 2613 |
|
|
/* Implement the division and modulus macros. */
|
| 2614 |
|
|
|
| 2615 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_EVAX
|
| 2616 |
|
|
|
| 2617 |
|
|
/* Make register usage like in normal procedure call.
|
| 2618 |
|
|
Don't clobber PV and RA. */
|
| 2619 |
|
|
|
| 2620 |
|
|
static void
|
| 2621 |
|
|
emit_division (const expressionS *tok,
|
| 2622 |
|
|
int ntok,
|
| 2623 |
|
|
const void * symname)
|
| 2624 |
|
|
{
|
| 2625 |
|
|
/* DIVISION and MODULUS. Yech.
|
| 2626 |
|
|
|
| 2627 |
|
|
Convert
|
| 2628 |
|
|
OP x,y,result
|
| 2629 |
|
|
to
|
| 2630 |
|
|
mov x,R16 # if x != R16
|
| 2631 |
|
|
mov y,R17 # if y != R17
|
| 2632 |
|
|
lda AT,__OP
|
| 2633 |
|
|
jsr AT,(AT),0
|
| 2634 |
|
|
mov R0,result
|
| 2635 |
|
|
|
| 2636 |
|
|
with appropriate optimizations if R0,R16,R17 are the registers
|
| 2637 |
|
|
specified by the compiler. */
|
| 2638 |
|
|
|
| 2639 |
|
|
int xr, yr, rr;
|
| 2640 |
|
|
symbolS *sym;
|
| 2641 |
|
|
expressionS newtok[3];
|
| 2642 |
|
|
|
| 2643 |
|
|
xr = regno (tok[0].X_add_number);
|
| 2644 |
|
|
yr = regno (tok[1].X_add_number);
|
| 2645 |
|
|
|
| 2646 |
|
|
if (ntok < 3)
|
| 2647 |
|
|
rr = xr;
|
| 2648 |
|
|
else
|
| 2649 |
|
|
rr = regno (tok[2].X_add_number);
|
| 2650 |
|
|
|
| 2651 |
|
|
/* Move the operands into the right place. */
|
| 2652 |
|
|
if (yr == AXP_REG_R16 && xr == AXP_REG_R17)
|
| 2653 |
|
|
{
|
| 2654 |
|
|
/* They are in exactly the wrong order -- swap through AT. */
|
| 2655 |
|
|
if (alpha_noat_on)
|
| 2656 |
|
|
as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
|
| 2657 |
|
|
|
| 2658 |
|
|
set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_R16);
|
| 2659 |
|
|
set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_AT);
|
| 2660 |
|
|
assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
|
| 2661 |
|
|
|
| 2662 |
|
|
set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_R17);
|
| 2663 |
|
|
set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_R16);
|
| 2664 |
|
|
assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
|
| 2665 |
|
|
|
| 2666 |
|
|
set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
|
| 2667 |
|
|
set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_R17);
|
| 2668 |
|
|
assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
|
| 2669 |
|
|
}
|
| 2670 |
|
|
else
|
| 2671 |
|
|
{
|
| 2672 |
|
|
if (yr == AXP_REG_R16)
|
| 2673 |
|
|
{
|
| 2674 |
|
|
set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_R16);
|
| 2675 |
|
|
set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_R17);
|
| 2676 |
|
|
assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
|
| 2677 |
|
|
}
|
| 2678 |
|
|
|
| 2679 |
|
|
if (xr != AXP_REG_R16)
|
| 2680 |
|
|
{
|
| 2681 |
|
|
set_tok_reg (newtok[0], xr);
|
| 2682 |
|
|
set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_R16);
|
| 2683 |
|
|
assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
|
| 2684 |
|
|
}
|
| 2685 |
|
|
|
| 2686 |
|
|
if (yr != AXP_REG_R16 && yr != AXP_REG_R17)
|
| 2687 |
|
|
{
|
| 2688 |
|
|
set_tok_reg (newtok[0], yr);
|
| 2689 |
|
|
set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_R17);
|
| 2690 |
|
|
assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
|
| 2691 |
|
|
}
|
| 2692 |
|
|
}
|
| 2693 |
|
|
|
| 2694 |
|
|
sym = symbol_find_or_make ((const char *) symname);
|
| 2695 |
|
|
|
| 2696 |
|
|
set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
|
| 2697 |
|
|
set_tok_sym (newtok[1], sym, 0);
|
| 2698 |
|
|
assemble_tokens ("lda", newtok, 2, 1);
|
| 2699 |
|
|
|
| 2700 |
|
|
/* Call the division routine. */
|
| 2701 |
|
|
set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
|
| 2702 |
|
|
set_tok_cpreg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_AT);
|
| 2703 |
|
|
set_tok_const (newtok[2], 0);
|
| 2704 |
|
|
assemble_tokens ("jsr", newtok, 3, 1);
|
| 2705 |
|
|
|
| 2706 |
|
|
/* Move the result to the right place. */
|
| 2707 |
|
|
if (rr != AXP_REG_R0)
|
| 2708 |
|
|
{
|
| 2709 |
|
|
set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_R0);
|
| 2710 |
|
|
set_tok_reg (newtok[1], rr);
|
| 2711 |
|
|
assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
|
| 2712 |
|
|
}
|
| 2713 |
|
|
}
|
| 2714 |
|
|
|
| 2715 |
|
|
#else /* !OBJ_EVAX */
|
| 2716 |
|
|
|
| 2717 |
|
|
static void
|
| 2718 |
|
|
emit_division (const expressionS *tok,
|
| 2719 |
|
|
int ntok,
|
| 2720 |
|
|
const void * symname)
|
| 2721 |
|
|
{
|
| 2722 |
|
|
/* DIVISION and MODULUS. Yech.
|
| 2723 |
|
|
Convert
|
| 2724 |
|
|
OP x,y,result
|
| 2725 |
|
|
to
|
| 2726 |
|
|
lda pv,__OP
|
| 2727 |
|
|
mov x,t10
|
| 2728 |
|
|
mov y,t11
|
| 2729 |
|
|
jsr t9,(pv),__OP
|
| 2730 |
|
|
mov t12,result
|
| 2731 |
|
|
|
| 2732 |
|
|
with appropriate optimizations if t10,t11,t12 are the registers
|
| 2733 |
|
|
specified by the compiler. */
|
| 2734 |
|
|
|
| 2735 |
|
|
int xr, yr, rr;
|
| 2736 |
|
|
symbolS *sym;
|
| 2737 |
|
|
expressionS newtok[3];
|
| 2738 |
|
|
|
| 2739 |
|
|
xr = regno (tok[0].X_add_number);
|
| 2740 |
|
|
yr = regno (tok[1].X_add_number);
|
| 2741 |
|
|
|
| 2742 |
|
|
if (ntok < 3)
|
| 2743 |
|
|
rr = xr;
|
| 2744 |
|
|
else
|
| 2745 |
|
|
rr = regno (tok[2].X_add_number);
|
| 2746 |
|
|
|
| 2747 |
|
|
sym = symbol_find_or_make ((const char *) symname);
|
| 2748 |
|
|
|
| 2749 |
|
|
/* Move the operands into the right place. */
|
| 2750 |
|
|
if (yr == AXP_REG_T10 && xr == AXP_REG_T11)
|
| 2751 |
|
|
{
|
| 2752 |
|
|
/* They are in exactly the wrong order -- swap through AT. */
|
| 2753 |
|
|
if (alpha_noat_on)
|
| 2754 |
|
|
as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
|
| 2755 |
|
|
|
| 2756 |
|
|
set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
|
| 2757 |
|
|
set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_AT);
|
| 2758 |
|
|
assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
|
| 2759 |
|
|
|
| 2760 |
|
|
set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T11);
|
| 2761 |
|
|
set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T10);
|
| 2762 |
|
|
assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
|
| 2763 |
|
|
|
| 2764 |
|
|
set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
|
| 2765 |
|
|
set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T11);
|
| 2766 |
|
|
assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
|
| 2767 |
|
|
}
|
| 2768 |
|
|
else
|
| 2769 |
|
|
{
|
| 2770 |
|
|
if (yr == AXP_REG_T10)
|
| 2771 |
|
|
{
|
| 2772 |
|
|
set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
|
| 2773 |
|
|
set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T11);
|
| 2774 |
|
|
assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
|
| 2775 |
|
|
}
|
| 2776 |
|
|
|
| 2777 |
|
|
if (xr != AXP_REG_T10)
|
| 2778 |
|
|
{
|
| 2779 |
|
|
set_tok_reg (newtok[0], xr);
|
| 2780 |
|
|
set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T10);
|
| 2781 |
|
|
assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
|
| 2782 |
|
|
}
|
| 2783 |
|
|
|
| 2784 |
|
|
if (yr != AXP_REG_T10 && yr != AXP_REG_T11)
|
| 2785 |
|
|
{
|
| 2786 |
|
|
set_tok_reg (newtok[0], yr);
|
| 2787 |
|
|
set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T11);
|
| 2788 |
|
|
assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
|
| 2789 |
|
|
}
|
| 2790 |
|
|
}
|
| 2791 |
|
|
|
| 2792 |
|
|
/* Call the division routine. */
|
| 2793 |
|
|
set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
|
| 2794 |
|
|
set_tok_sym (newtok[1], sym, 0);
|
| 2795 |
|
|
assemble_tokens ("jsr", newtok, 2, 1);
|
| 2796 |
|
|
|
| 2797 |
|
|
/* Reload the GP register. */
|
| 2798 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_AOUT
|
| 2799 |
|
|
FIXME
|
| 2800 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 2801 |
|
|
#if defined(OBJ_ECOFF) || defined(OBJ_ELF)
|
| 2802 |
|
|
set_tok_reg (newtok[0], alpha_gp_register);
|
| 2803 |
|
|
set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
|
| 2804 |
|
|
set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T9);
|
| 2805 |
|
|
assemble_tokens ("ldgp", newtok, 3, 1);
|
| 2806 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 2807 |
|
|
|
| 2808 |
|
|
/* Move the result to the right place. */
|
| 2809 |
|
|
if (rr != AXP_REG_T12)
|
| 2810 |
|
|
{
|
| 2811 |
|
|
set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T12);
|
| 2812 |
|
|
set_tok_reg (newtok[1], rr);
|
| 2813 |
|
|
assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
|
| 2814 |
|
|
}
|
| 2815 |
|
|
}
|
| 2816 |
|
|
|
| 2817 |
|
|
#endif /* !OBJ_EVAX */
|
| 2818 |
|
|
|
| 2819 |
|
|
/* The jsr and jmp macros differ from their instruction counterparts
|
| 2820 |
|
|
in that they can load the target address and default most
|
| 2821 |
|
|
everything. */
|
| 2822 |
|
|
|
| 2823 |
|
|
static void
|
| 2824 |
|
|
emit_jsrjmp (const expressionS *tok,
|
| 2825 |
|
|
int ntok,
|
| 2826 |
|
|
const void * vopname)
|
| 2827 |
|
|
{
|
| 2828 |
|
|
const char *opname = (const char *) vopname;
|
| 2829 |
|
|
struct alpha_insn insn;
|
| 2830 |
|
|
expressionS newtok[3];
|
| 2831 |
|
|
int r, tokidx = 0;
|
| 2832 |
|
|
long lituse = 0;
|
| 2833 |
|
|
|
| 2834 |
|
|
if (tokidx < ntok && tok[tokidx].X_op == O_register)
|
| 2835 |
|
|
r = regno (tok[tokidx++].X_add_number);
|
| 2836 |
|
|
else
|
| 2837 |
|
|
r = strcmp (opname, "jmp") == 0 ? AXP_REG_ZERO : AXP_REG_RA;
|
| 2838 |
|
|
|
| 2839 |
|
|
set_tok_reg (newtok[0], r);
|
| 2840 |
|
|
|
| 2841 |
|
|
if (tokidx < ntok &&
|
| 2842 |
|
|
(tok[tokidx].X_op == O_pregister || tok[tokidx].X_op == O_cpregister))
|
| 2843 |
|
|
r = regno (tok[tokidx++].X_add_number);
|
| 2844 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_EVAX
|
| 2845 |
|
|
/* Keep register if jsr $n.<sym>. */
|
| 2846 |
|
|
#else
|
| 2847 |
|
|
else
|
| 2848 |
|
|
{
|
| 2849 |
|
|
int basereg = alpha_gp_register;
|
| 2850 |
|
|
lituse = load_expression (r = AXP_REG_PV, &tok[tokidx],
|
| 2851 |
|
|
&basereg, NULL, opname);
|
| 2852 |
|
|
}
|
| 2853 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 2854 |
|
|
|
| 2855 |
|
|
set_tok_cpreg (newtok[1], r);
|
| 2856 |
|
|
|
| 2857 |
|
|
#ifndef OBJ_EVAX
|
| 2858 |
|
|
if (tokidx < ntok)
|
| 2859 |
|
|
newtok[2] = tok[tokidx];
|
| 2860 |
|
|
else
|
| 2861 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 2862 |
|
|
set_tok_const (newtok[2], 0);
|
| 2863 |
|
|
|
| 2864 |
|
|
assemble_tokens_to_insn (opname, newtok, 3, &insn);
|
| 2865 |
|
|
|
| 2866 |
|
|
if (lituse)
|
| 2867 |
|
|
{
|
| 2868 |
|
|
gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
|
| 2869 |
|
|
insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSR;
|
| 2870 |
|
|
insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
|
| 2871 |
|
|
insn.nfixups++;
|
| 2872 |
|
|
insn.sequence = lituse;
|
| 2873 |
|
|
}
|
| 2874 |
|
|
|
| 2875 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_EVAX
|
| 2876 |
|
|
if (alpha_flag_replace
|
| 2877 |
|
|
&& r == AXP_REG_RA
|
| 2878 |
|
|
&& tok[tokidx].X_add_symbol
|
| 2879 |
|
|
&& alpha_linkage_symbol)
|
| 2880 |
|
|
{
|
| 2881 |
|
|
/* Create a BOH reloc for 'jsr $27,NAME'. */
|
| 2882 |
|
|
const char *symname = S_GET_NAME (tok[tokidx].X_add_symbol);
|
| 2883 |
|
|
int symlen = strlen (symname);
|
| 2884 |
|
|
char *ensymname;
|
| 2885 |
|
|
|
| 2886 |
|
|
/* Build the entry name as 'NAME..en'. */
|
| 2887 |
160 |
khays |
ensymname = (char *) alloca (symlen + 5);
|
| 2888 |
16 |
khays |
memcpy (ensymname, symname, symlen);
|
| 2889 |
|
|
memcpy (ensymname + symlen, "..en", 5);
|
| 2890 |
|
|
|
| 2891 |
|
|
gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
|
| 2892 |
|
|
if (insn.nfixups > 0)
|
| 2893 |
|
|
{
|
| 2894 |
|
|
memmove (&insn.fixups[1], &insn.fixups[0],
|
| 2895 |
|
|
sizeof(struct alpha_fixup) * insn.nfixups);
|
| 2896 |
|
|
}
|
| 2897 |
|
|
|
| 2898 |
|
|
/* The fixup must be the same as the BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP
|
| 2899 |
|
|
case in load_expression. See B.4.5.2 of the OpenVMS
|
| 2900 |
|
|
Linker Utility Manual. */
|
| 2901 |
|
|
insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH;
|
| 2902 |
|
|
insn.fixups[0].exp.X_op = O_symbol;
|
| 2903 |
|
|
insn.fixups[0].exp.X_add_symbol = symbol_find_or_make (ensymname);
|
| 2904 |
|
|
insn.fixups[0].exp.X_add_number = 0;
|
| 2905 |
|
|
insn.fixups[0].xtrasym = alpha_linkage_symbol;
|
| 2906 |
|
|
insn.fixups[0].procsym = alpha_evax_proc->symbol;
|
| 2907 |
|
|
insn.nfixups++;
|
| 2908 |
|
|
alpha_linkage_symbol = 0;
|
| 2909 |
|
|
}
|
| 2910 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 2911 |
|
|
|
| 2912 |
|
|
emit_insn (&insn);
|
| 2913 |
|
|
}
|
| 2914 |
|
|
|
| 2915 |
|
|
/* The ret and jcr instructions differ from their instruction
|
| 2916 |
|
|
counterparts in that everything can be defaulted. */
|
| 2917 |
|
|
|
| 2918 |
|
|
static void
|
| 2919 |
|
|
emit_retjcr (const expressionS *tok,
|
| 2920 |
|
|
int ntok,
|
| 2921 |
|
|
const void * vopname)
|
| 2922 |
|
|
{
|
| 2923 |
|
|
const char *opname = (const char *) vopname;
|
| 2924 |
|
|
expressionS newtok[3];
|
| 2925 |
|
|
int r, tokidx = 0;
|
| 2926 |
|
|
|
| 2927 |
|
|
if (tokidx < ntok && tok[tokidx].X_op == O_register)
|
| 2928 |
|
|
r = regno (tok[tokidx++].X_add_number);
|
| 2929 |
|
|
else
|
| 2930 |
|
|
r = AXP_REG_ZERO;
|
| 2931 |
|
|
|
| 2932 |
|
|
set_tok_reg (newtok[0], r);
|
| 2933 |
|
|
|
| 2934 |
|
|
if (tokidx < ntok &&
|
| 2935 |
|
|
(tok[tokidx].X_op == O_pregister || tok[tokidx].X_op == O_cpregister))
|
| 2936 |
|
|
r = regno (tok[tokidx++].X_add_number);
|
| 2937 |
|
|
else
|
| 2938 |
|
|
r = AXP_REG_RA;
|
| 2939 |
|
|
|
| 2940 |
|
|
set_tok_cpreg (newtok[1], r);
|
| 2941 |
|
|
|
| 2942 |
|
|
if (tokidx < ntok)
|
| 2943 |
|
|
newtok[2] = tok[tokidx];
|
| 2944 |
|
|
else
|
| 2945 |
|
|
set_tok_const (newtok[2], strcmp (opname, "ret") == 0);
|
| 2946 |
|
|
|
| 2947 |
|
|
assemble_tokens (opname, newtok, 3, 0);
|
| 2948 |
|
|
}
|
| 2949 |
|
|
|
| 2950 |
|
|
/* Implement the ldgp macro. */
|
| 2951 |
|
|
|
| 2952 |
|
|
static void
|
| 2953 |
|
|
emit_ldgp (const expressionS *tok ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
| 2954 |
|
|
int ntok ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
| 2955 |
|
|
const void * unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 2956 |
|
|
{
|
| 2957 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_AOUT
|
| 2958 |
|
|
FIXME
|
| 2959 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 2960 |
|
|
#if defined(OBJ_ECOFF) || defined(OBJ_ELF)
|
| 2961 |
|
|
/* from "ldgp r1,n(r2)", generate "ldah r1,X(R2); lda r1,Y(r1)"
|
| 2962 |
|
|
with appropriate constants and relocations. */
|
| 2963 |
|
|
struct alpha_insn insn;
|
| 2964 |
|
|
expressionS newtok[3];
|
| 2965 |
|
|
expressionS addend;
|
| 2966 |
|
|
|
| 2967 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
|
| 2968 |
|
|
if (regno (tok[2].X_add_number) == AXP_REG_PV)
|
| 2969 |
|
|
ecoff_set_gp_prolog_size (0);
|
| 2970 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 2971 |
|
|
|
| 2972 |
|
|
newtok[0] = tok[0];
|
| 2973 |
|
|
set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
|
| 2974 |
|
|
newtok[2] = tok[2];
|
| 2975 |
|
|
|
| 2976 |
|
|
assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldah", newtok, 3, &insn);
|
| 2977 |
|
|
|
| 2978 |
|
|
addend = tok[1];
|
| 2979 |
|
|
|
| 2980 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
|
| 2981 |
|
|
if (addend.X_op != O_constant)
|
| 2982 |
|
|
as_bad (_("can not resolve expression"));
|
| 2983 |
|
|
addend.X_op = O_symbol;
|
| 2984 |
|
|
addend.X_add_symbol = alpha_gp_symbol;
|
| 2985 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 2986 |
|
|
|
| 2987 |
|
|
insn.nfixups = 1;
|
| 2988 |
|
|
insn.fixups[0].exp = addend;
|
| 2989 |
|
|
insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16;
|
| 2990 |
|
|
insn.sequence = next_sequence_num;
|
| 2991 |
|
|
|
| 2992 |
|
|
emit_insn (&insn);
|
| 2993 |
|
|
|
| 2994 |
|
|
set_tok_preg (newtok[2], tok[0].X_add_number);
|
| 2995 |
|
|
|
| 2996 |
|
|
assemble_tokens_to_insn ("lda", newtok, 3, &insn);
|
| 2997 |
|
|
|
| 2998 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
|
| 2999 |
|
|
addend.X_add_number += 4;
|
| 3000 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 3001 |
|
|
|
| 3002 |
|
|
insn.nfixups = 1;
|
| 3003 |
|
|
insn.fixups[0].exp = addend;
|
| 3004 |
|
|
insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16;
|
| 3005 |
|
|
insn.sequence = next_sequence_num--;
|
| 3006 |
|
|
|
| 3007 |
|
|
emit_insn (&insn);
|
| 3008 |
|
|
#endif /* OBJ_ECOFF || OBJ_ELF */
|
| 3009 |
|
|
}
|
| 3010 |
|
|
|
| 3011 |
|
|
/* The macro table. */
|
| 3012 |
|
|
|
| 3013 |
|
|
static const struct alpha_macro alpha_macros[] =
|
| 3014 |
|
|
{
|
| 3015 |
|
|
/* Load/Store macros. */
|
| 3016 |
|
|
{ "lda", emit_lda, NULL,
|
| 3017 |
|
|
{ MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
|
| 3018 |
|
|
{ "ldah", emit_ldah, NULL,
|
| 3019 |
|
|
{ MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
|
| 3020 |
|
|
|
| 3021 |
|
|
{ "ldl", emit_ir_load, "ldl",
|
| 3022 |
|
|
{ MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
|
| 3023 |
|
|
{ "ldl_l", emit_ir_load, "ldl_l",
|
| 3024 |
|
|
{ MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
|
| 3025 |
|
|
{ "ldq", emit_ir_load, "ldq",
|
| 3026 |
|
|
{ MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
|
| 3027 |
|
|
{ "ldq_l", emit_ir_load, "ldq_l",
|
| 3028 |
|
|
{ MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
|
| 3029 |
|
|
{ "ldq_u", emit_ir_load, "ldq_u",
|
| 3030 |
|
|
{ MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
|
| 3031 |
|
|
{ "ldf", emit_loadstore, "ldf",
|
| 3032 |
|
|
{ MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
|
| 3033 |
|
|
{ "ldg", emit_loadstore, "ldg",
|
| 3034 |
|
|
{ MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
|
| 3035 |
|
|
{ "lds", emit_loadstore, "lds",
|
| 3036 |
|
|
{ MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
|
| 3037 |
|
|
{ "ldt", emit_loadstore, "ldt",
|
| 3038 |
|
|
{ MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
|
| 3039 |
|
|
|
| 3040 |
|
|
{ "ldb", emit_ldX, (void *) 0,
|
| 3041 |
|
|
{ MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
|
| 3042 |
|
|
{ "ldbu", emit_ldXu, (void *) 0,
|
| 3043 |
|
|
{ MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
|
| 3044 |
|
|
{ "ldw", emit_ldX, (void *) 1,
|
| 3045 |
|
|
{ MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
|
| 3046 |
|
|
{ "ldwu", emit_ldXu, (void *) 1,
|
| 3047 |
|
|
{ MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
|
| 3048 |
|
|
|
| 3049 |
|
|
{ "uldw", emit_uldX, (void *) 1,
|
| 3050 |
|
|
{ MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
|
| 3051 |
|
|
{ "uldwu", emit_uldXu, (void *) 1,
|
| 3052 |
|
|
{ MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
|
| 3053 |
|
|
{ "uldl", emit_uldX, (void *) 2,
|
| 3054 |
|
|
{ MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
|
| 3055 |
|
|
{ "uldlu", emit_uldXu, (void *) 2,
|
| 3056 |
|
|
{ MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
|
| 3057 |
|
|
{ "uldq", emit_uldXu, (void *) 3,
|
| 3058 |
|
|
{ MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
|
| 3059 |
|
|
|
| 3060 |
|
|
{ "ldgp", emit_ldgp, NULL,
|
| 3061 |
|
|
{ MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA } },
|
| 3062 |
|
|
|
| 3063 |
|
|
{ "ldi", emit_lda, NULL,
|
| 3064 |
|
|
{ MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
|
| 3065 |
|
|
{ "ldil", emit_ldil, NULL,
|
| 3066 |
|
|
{ MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
|
| 3067 |
|
|
{ "ldiq", emit_lda, NULL,
|
| 3068 |
|
|
{ MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
|
| 3069 |
|
|
|
| 3070 |
|
|
{ "stl", emit_loadstore, "stl",
|
| 3071 |
|
|
{ MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
|
| 3072 |
|
|
{ "stl_c", emit_loadstore, "stl_c",
|
| 3073 |
|
|
{ MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
|
| 3074 |
|
|
{ "stq", emit_loadstore, "stq",
|
| 3075 |
|
|
{ MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
|
| 3076 |
|
|
{ "stq_c", emit_loadstore, "stq_c",
|
| 3077 |
|
|
{ MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
|
| 3078 |
|
|
{ "stq_u", emit_loadstore, "stq_u",
|
| 3079 |
|
|
{ MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
|
| 3080 |
|
|
{ "stf", emit_loadstore, "stf",
|
| 3081 |
|
|
{ MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
|
| 3082 |
|
|
{ "stg", emit_loadstore, "stg",
|
| 3083 |
|
|
{ MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
|
| 3084 |
|
|
{ "sts", emit_loadstore, "sts",
|
| 3085 |
|
|
{ MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
|
| 3086 |
|
|
{ "stt", emit_loadstore, "stt",
|
| 3087 |
|
|
{ MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
|
| 3088 |
|
|
|
| 3089 |
|
|
{ "stb", emit_stX, (void *) 0,
|
| 3090 |
|
|
{ MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
|
| 3091 |
|
|
{ "stw", emit_stX, (void *) 1,
|
| 3092 |
|
|
{ MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
|
| 3093 |
|
|
{ "ustw", emit_ustX, (void *) 1,
|
| 3094 |
|
|
{ MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
|
| 3095 |
|
|
{ "ustl", emit_ustX, (void *) 2,
|
| 3096 |
|
|
{ MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
|
| 3097 |
|
|
{ "ustq", emit_ustX, (void *) 3,
|
| 3098 |
|
|
{ MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
|
| 3099 |
|
|
|
| 3100 |
|
|
/* Arithmetic macros. */
|
| 3101 |
|
|
|
| 3102 |
|
|
{ "sextb", emit_sextX, (void *) 0,
|
| 3103 |
|
|
{ MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
|
| 3104 |
|
|
MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
|
| 3105 |
|
|
/* MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA */ } },
|
| 3106 |
|
|
{ "sextw", emit_sextX, (void *) 1,
|
| 3107 |
|
|
{ MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
|
| 3108 |
|
|
MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
|
| 3109 |
|
|
/* MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA */ } },
|
| 3110 |
|
|
|
| 3111 |
|
|
{ "divl", emit_division, "__divl",
|
| 3112 |
|
|
{ MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
|
| 3113 |
|
|
MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
|
| 3114 |
|
|
/* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
|
| 3115 |
|
|
MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
|
| 3116 |
|
|
{ "divlu", emit_division, "__divlu",
|
| 3117 |
|
|
{ MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
|
| 3118 |
|
|
MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
|
| 3119 |
|
|
/* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
|
| 3120 |
|
|
MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
|
| 3121 |
|
|
{ "divq", emit_division, "__divq",
|
| 3122 |
|
|
{ MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
|
| 3123 |
|
|
MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
|
| 3124 |
|
|
/* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
|
| 3125 |
|
|
MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
|
| 3126 |
|
|
{ "divqu", emit_division, "__divqu",
|
| 3127 |
|
|
{ MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
|
| 3128 |
|
|
MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
|
| 3129 |
|
|
/* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
|
| 3130 |
|
|
MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
|
| 3131 |
|
|
{ "reml", emit_division, "__reml",
|
| 3132 |
|
|
{ MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
|
| 3133 |
|
|
MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
|
| 3134 |
|
|
/* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
|
| 3135 |
|
|
MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
|
| 3136 |
|
|
{ "remlu", emit_division, "__remlu",
|
| 3137 |
|
|
{ MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
|
| 3138 |
|
|
MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
|
| 3139 |
|
|
/* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
|
| 3140 |
|
|
MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
|
| 3141 |
|
|
{ "remq", emit_division, "__remq",
|
| 3142 |
|
|
{ MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
|
| 3143 |
|
|
MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
|
| 3144 |
|
|
/* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
|
| 3145 |
|
|
MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
|
| 3146 |
|
|
{ "remqu", emit_division, "__remqu",
|
| 3147 |
|
|
{ MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
|
| 3148 |
|
|
MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
|
| 3149 |
|
|
/* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
|
| 3150 |
|
|
MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
|
| 3151 |
|
|
|
| 3152 |
|
|
{ "jsr", emit_jsrjmp, "jsr",
|
| 3153 |
|
|
{ MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
|
| 3154 |
|
|
MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
|
| 3155 |
|
|
MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
|
| 3156 |
|
|
MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
|
| 3157 |
|
|
{ "jmp", emit_jsrjmp, "jmp",
|
| 3158 |
|
|
{ MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
|
| 3159 |
|
|
MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
|
| 3160 |
|
|
MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
|
| 3161 |
|
|
MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
|
| 3162 |
|
|
{ "ret", emit_retjcr, "ret",
|
| 3163 |
|
|
{ MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
|
| 3164 |
|
|
MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
|
| 3165 |
|
|
MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
|
| 3166 |
|
|
MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
|
| 3167 |
|
|
MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
|
| 3168 |
|
|
MACRO_EOA } },
|
| 3169 |
|
|
{ "jcr", emit_retjcr, "jcr",
|
| 3170 |
|
|
{ MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
|
| 3171 |
|
|
MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
|
| 3172 |
|
|
MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
|
| 3173 |
|
|
MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
|
| 3174 |
|
|
MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
|
| 3175 |
|
|
MACRO_EOA } },
|
| 3176 |
|
|
{ "jsr_coroutine", emit_retjcr, "jcr",
|
| 3177 |
|
|
{ MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
|
| 3178 |
|
|
MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
|
| 3179 |
|
|
MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
|
| 3180 |
|
|
MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
|
| 3181 |
|
|
MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
|
| 3182 |
|
|
MACRO_EOA } },
|
| 3183 |
|
|
};
|
| 3184 |
|
|
|
| 3185 |
|
|
static const unsigned int alpha_num_macros
|
| 3186 |
|
|
= sizeof (alpha_macros) / sizeof (*alpha_macros);
|
| 3187 |
|
|
|
| 3188 |
|
|
/* Search forward through all variants of a macro looking for a syntax
|
| 3189 |
|
|
match. */
|
| 3190 |
|
|
|
| 3191 |
|
|
static const struct alpha_macro *
|
| 3192 |
|
|
find_macro_match (const struct alpha_macro *first_macro,
|
| 3193 |
|
|
const expressionS *tok,
|
| 3194 |
|
|
int *pntok)
|
| 3195 |
|
|
|
| 3196 |
|
|
{
|
| 3197 |
|
|
const struct alpha_macro *macro = first_macro;
|
| 3198 |
|
|
int ntok = *pntok;
|
| 3199 |
|
|
|
| 3200 |
|
|
do
|
| 3201 |
|
|
{
|
| 3202 |
|
|
const enum alpha_macro_arg *arg = macro->argsets;
|
| 3203 |
|
|
int tokidx = 0;
|
| 3204 |
|
|
|
| 3205 |
|
|
while (*arg)
|
| 3206 |
|
|
{
|
| 3207 |
|
|
switch (*arg)
|
| 3208 |
|
|
{
|
| 3209 |
|
|
case MACRO_EOA:
|
| 3210 |
|
|
if (tokidx == ntok)
|
| 3211 |
|
|
return macro;
|
| 3212 |
|
|
else
|
| 3213 |
|
|
tokidx = 0;
|
| 3214 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3215 |
|
|
|
| 3216 |
|
|
/* Index register. */
|
| 3217 |
|
|
case MACRO_IR:
|
| 3218 |
|
|
if (tokidx >= ntok || tok[tokidx].X_op != O_register
|
| 3219 |
|
|
|| !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
|
| 3220 |
|
|
goto match_failed;
|
| 3221 |
|
|
++tokidx;
|
| 3222 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3223 |
|
|
|
| 3224 |
|
|
/* Parenthesized index register. */
|
| 3225 |
|
|
case MACRO_PIR:
|
| 3226 |
|
|
if (tokidx >= ntok || tok[tokidx].X_op != O_pregister
|
| 3227 |
|
|
|| !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
|
| 3228 |
|
|
goto match_failed;
|
| 3229 |
|
|
++tokidx;
|
| 3230 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3231 |
|
|
|
| 3232 |
|
|
/* Optional parenthesized index register. */
|
| 3233 |
|
|
case MACRO_OPIR:
|
| 3234 |
|
|
if (tokidx < ntok && tok[tokidx].X_op == O_pregister
|
| 3235 |
|
|
&& is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
|
| 3236 |
|
|
++tokidx;
|
| 3237 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3238 |
|
|
|
| 3239 |
|
|
/* Leading comma with a parenthesized index register. */
|
| 3240 |
|
|
case MACRO_CPIR:
|
| 3241 |
|
|
if (tokidx >= ntok || tok[tokidx].X_op != O_cpregister
|
| 3242 |
|
|
|| !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
|
| 3243 |
|
|
goto match_failed;
|
| 3244 |
|
|
++tokidx;
|
| 3245 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3246 |
|
|
|
| 3247 |
|
|
/* Floating point register. */
|
| 3248 |
|
|
case MACRO_FPR:
|
| 3249 |
|
|
if (tokidx >= ntok || tok[tokidx].X_op != O_register
|
| 3250 |
|
|
|| !is_fpr_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
|
| 3251 |
|
|
goto match_failed;
|
| 3252 |
|
|
++tokidx;
|
| 3253 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3254 |
|
|
|
| 3255 |
|
|
/* Normal expression. */
|
| 3256 |
|
|
case MACRO_EXP:
|
| 3257 |
|
|
if (tokidx >= ntok)
|
| 3258 |
|
|
goto match_failed;
|
| 3259 |
|
|
switch (tok[tokidx].X_op)
|
| 3260 |
|
|
{
|
| 3261 |
|
|
case O_illegal:
|
| 3262 |
|
|
case O_absent:
|
| 3263 |
|
|
case O_register:
|
| 3264 |
|
|
case O_pregister:
|
| 3265 |
|
|
case O_cpregister:
|
| 3266 |
|
|
case O_literal:
|
| 3267 |
|
|
case O_lituse_base:
|
| 3268 |
|
|
case O_lituse_bytoff:
|
| 3269 |
|
|
case O_lituse_jsr:
|
| 3270 |
|
|
case O_gpdisp:
|
| 3271 |
|
|
case O_gprelhigh:
|
| 3272 |
|
|
case O_gprellow:
|
| 3273 |
|
|
case O_gprel:
|
| 3274 |
|
|
case O_samegp:
|
| 3275 |
|
|
goto match_failed;
|
| 3276 |
|
|
|
| 3277 |
|
|
default:
|
| 3278 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3279 |
|
|
}
|
| 3280 |
|
|
++tokidx;
|
| 3281 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3282 |
|
|
|
| 3283 |
|
|
match_failed:
|
| 3284 |
|
|
while (*arg != MACRO_EOA)
|
| 3285 |
|
|
++arg;
|
| 3286 |
|
|
tokidx = 0;
|
| 3287 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3288 |
|
|
}
|
| 3289 |
|
|
++arg;
|
| 3290 |
|
|
}
|
| 3291 |
|
|
}
|
| 3292 |
|
|
while (++macro - alpha_macros < (int) alpha_num_macros
|
| 3293 |
|
|
&& !strcmp (macro->name, first_macro->name));
|
| 3294 |
|
|
|
| 3295 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
| 3296 |
|
|
}
|
| 3297 |
|
|
|
| 3298 |
|
|
/* Given an opcode name and a pre-tokenized set of arguments, take the
|
| 3299 |
|
|
opcode all the way through emission. */
|
| 3300 |
|
|
|
| 3301 |
|
|
static void
|
| 3302 |
|
|
assemble_tokens (const char *opname,
|
| 3303 |
|
|
const expressionS *tok,
|
| 3304 |
|
|
int ntok,
|
| 3305 |
|
|
int local_macros_on)
|
| 3306 |
|
|
{
|
| 3307 |
|
|
int found_something = 0;
|
| 3308 |
|
|
const struct alpha_opcode *opcode;
|
| 3309 |
|
|
const struct alpha_macro *macro;
|
| 3310 |
|
|
int cpumatch = 1;
|
| 3311 |
|
|
extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc = BFD_RELOC_UNUSED;
|
| 3312 |
|
|
|
| 3313 |
|
|
#ifdef RELOC_OP_P
|
| 3314 |
|
|
/* If a user-specified relocation is present, this is not a macro. */
|
| 3315 |
|
|
if (ntok && USER_RELOC_P (tok[ntok - 1].X_op))
|
| 3316 |
|
|
{
|
| 3317 |
|
|
reloc = ALPHA_RELOC_TABLE (tok[ntok - 1].X_op)->reloc;
|
| 3318 |
|
|
ntok--;
|
| 3319 |
|
|
}
|
| 3320 |
|
|
else
|
| 3321 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 3322 |
|
|
if (local_macros_on)
|
| 3323 |
|
|
{
|
| 3324 |
|
|
macro = ((const struct alpha_macro *)
|
| 3325 |
|
|
hash_find (alpha_macro_hash, opname));
|
| 3326 |
|
|
if (macro)
|
| 3327 |
|
|
{
|
| 3328 |
|
|
found_something = 1;
|
| 3329 |
|
|
macro = find_macro_match (macro, tok, &ntok);
|
| 3330 |
|
|
if (macro)
|
| 3331 |
|
|
{
|
| 3332 |
|
|
(*macro->emit) (tok, ntok, macro->arg);
|
| 3333 |
|
|
return;
|
| 3334 |
|
|
}
|
| 3335 |
|
|
}
|
| 3336 |
|
|
}
|
| 3337 |
|
|
|
| 3338 |
|
|
/* Search opcodes. */
|
| 3339 |
|
|
opcode = (const struct alpha_opcode *) hash_find (alpha_opcode_hash, opname);
|
| 3340 |
|
|
if (opcode)
|
| 3341 |
|
|
{
|
| 3342 |
|
|
found_something = 1;
|
| 3343 |
|
|
opcode = find_opcode_match (opcode, tok, &ntok, &cpumatch);
|
| 3344 |
|
|
if (opcode)
|
| 3345 |
|
|
{
|
| 3346 |
|
|
struct alpha_insn insn;
|
| 3347 |
|
|
assemble_insn (opcode, tok, ntok, &insn, reloc);
|
| 3348 |
|
|
|
| 3349 |
|
|
/* Copy the sequence number for the reloc from the reloc token. */
|
| 3350 |
|
|
if (reloc != BFD_RELOC_UNUSED)
|
| 3351 |
|
|
insn.sequence = tok[ntok].X_add_number;
|
| 3352 |
|
|
|
| 3353 |
|
|
emit_insn (&insn);
|
| 3354 |
|
|
return;
|
| 3355 |
|
|
}
|
| 3356 |
|
|
}
|
| 3357 |
|
|
|
| 3358 |
|
|
if (found_something)
|
| 3359 |
|
|
{
|
| 3360 |
|
|
if (cpumatch)
|
| 3361 |
|
|
as_bad (_("inappropriate arguments for opcode `%s'"), opname);
|
| 3362 |
|
|
else
|
| 3363 |
|
|
as_bad (_("opcode `%s' not supported for target %s"), opname,
|
| 3364 |
|
|
alpha_target_name);
|
| 3365 |
|
|
}
|
| 3366 |
|
|
else
|
| 3367 |
|
|
as_bad (_("unknown opcode `%s'"), opname);
|
| 3368 |
|
|
}
|
| 3369 |
|
|
|
| 3370 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_EVAX
|
| 3371 |
|
|
|
| 3372 |
160 |
khays |
/* Add sym+addend to link pool.
|
| 3373 |
|
|
Return offset from curent procedure value (pv) to entry in link pool.
|
| 3374 |
16 |
khays |
|
| 3375 |
|
|
Add new fixup only if offset isn't 16bit. */
|
| 3376 |
|
|
|
| 3377 |
|
|
static symbolS *
|
| 3378 |
160 |
khays |
add_to_link_pool (symbolS *sym, offsetT addend)
|
| 3379 |
16 |
khays |
{
|
| 3380 |
160 |
khays |
symbolS *basesym;
|
| 3381 |
16 |
khays |
segT current_section = now_seg;
|
| 3382 |
|
|
int current_subsec = now_subseg;
|
| 3383 |
|
|
char *p;
|
| 3384 |
|
|
segment_info_type *seginfo = seg_info (alpha_link_section);
|
| 3385 |
|
|
fixS *fixp;
|
| 3386 |
|
|
symbolS *linksym, *expsym;
|
| 3387 |
|
|
expressionS e;
|
| 3388 |
|
|
|
| 3389 |
160 |
khays |
basesym = alpha_evax_proc->symbol;
|
| 3390 |
16 |
khays |
|
| 3391 |
|
|
/* @@ This assumes all entries in a given section will be of the same
|
| 3392 |
|
|
size... Probably correct, but unwise to rely on. */
|
| 3393 |
|
|
/* This must always be called with the same subsegment. */
|
| 3394 |
|
|
|
| 3395 |
|
|
if (seginfo->frchainP)
|
| 3396 |
|
|
for (fixp = seginfo->frchainP->fix_root;
|
| 3397 |
|
|
fixp != (fixS *) NULL;
|
| 3398 |
|
|
fixp = fixp->fx_next)
|
| 3399 |
|
|
{
|
| 3400 |
|
|
if (fixp->fx_addsy == sym
|
| 3401 |
|
|
&& fixp->fx_offset == (valueT)addend
|
| 3402 |
|
|
&& fixp->tc_fix_data.info
|
| 3403 |
|
|
&& fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sym
|
| 3404 |
|
|
&& fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sym->sy_value.X_op_symbol == basesym)
|
| 3405 |
|
|
return fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sym;
|
| 3406 |
|
|
}
|
| 3407 |
|
|
|
| 3408 |
160 |
khays |
/* Not found, add a new entry. */
|
| 3409 |
16 |
khays |
subseg_set (alpha_link_section, 0);
|
| 3410 |
|
|
linksym = symbol_new
|
| 3411 |
|
|
(FAKE_LABEL_NAME, now_seg, (valueT) frag_now_fix (), frag_now);
|
| 3412 |
|
|
p = frag_more (8);
|
| 3413 |
|
|
memset (p, 0, 8);
|
| 3414 |
|
|
|
| 3415 |
160 |
khays |
/* Create a symbol for 'basesym - linksym' (offset of the added entry). */
|
| 3416 |
16 |
khays |
e.X_op = O_subtract;
|
| 3417 |
|
|
e.X_add_symbol = linksym;
|
| 3418 |
|
|
e.X_op_symbol = basesym;
|
| 3419 |
|
|
e.X_add_number = 0;
|
| 3420 |
|
|
expsym = make_expr_symbol (&e);
|
| 3421 |
|
|
|
| 3422 |
160 |
khays |
/* Create a fixup for the entry. */
|
| 3423 |
16 |
khays |
fixp = fix_new
|
| 3424 |
160 |
khays |
(frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 8, sym, addend, 0, BFD_RELOC_64);
|
| 3425 |
16 |
khays |
fixp->tc_fix_data.info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (next_sequence_num--);
|
| 3426 |
|
|
fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sym = expsym;
|
| 3427 |
|
|
|
| 3428 |
|
|
subseg_set (current_section, current_subsec);
|
| 3429 |
160 |
khays |
|
| 3430 |
|
|
/* Return the symbol. */
|
| 3431 |
16 |
khays |
return expsym;
|
| 3432 |
|
|
}
|
| 3433 |
|
|
#endif /* OBJ_EVAX */
|
| 3434 |
|
|
|
| 3435 |
|
|
/* Assembler directives. */
|
| 3436 |
|
|
|
| 3437 |
|
|
/* Handle the .text pseudo-op. This is like the usual one, but it
|
| 3438 |
|
|
clears alpha_insn_label and restores auto alignment. */
|
| 3439 |
|
|
|
| 3440 |
|
|
static void
|
| 3441 |
|
|
s_alpha_text (int i)
|
| 3442 |
|
|
{
|
| 3443 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
| 3444 |
|
|
obj_elf_text (i);
|
| 3445 |
|
|
#else
|
| 3446 |
|
|
s_text (i);
|
| 3447 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 3448 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_EVAX
|
| 3449 |
|
|
{
|
| 3450 |
|
|
symbolS * symbolP;
|
| 3451 |
|
|
|
| 3452 |
|
|
symbolP = symbol_find (".text");
|
| 3453 |
|
|
if (symbolP == NULL)
|
| 3454 |
|
|
{
|
| 3455 |
|
|
symbolP = symbol_make (".text");
|
| 3456 |
|
|
S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, text_section);
|
| 3457 |
|
|
symbol_table_insert (symbolP);
|
| 3458 |
|
|
}
|
| 3459 |
|
|
}
|
| 3460 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 3461 |
|
|
alpha_insn_label = NULL;
|
| 3462 |
|
|
alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
|
| 3463 |
|
|
alpha_current_align = 0;
|
| 3464 |
|
|
}
|
| 3465 |
|
|
|
| 3466 |
|
|
/* Handle the .data pseudo-op. This is like the usual one, but it
|
| 3467 |
|
|
clears alpha_insn_label and restores auto alignment. */
|
| 3468 |
|
|
|
| 3469 |
|
|
static void
|
| 3470 |
|
|
s_alpha_data (int i)
|
| 3471 |
|
|
{
|
| 3472 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
| 3473 |
|
|
obj_elf_data (i);
|
| 3474 |
|
|
#else
|
| 3475 |
|
|
s_data (i);
|
| 3476 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 3477 |
|
|
alpha_insn_label = NULL;
|
| 3478 |
|
|
alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
|
| 3479 |
|
|
alpha_current_align = 0;
|
| 3480 |
|
|
}
|
| 3481 |
|
|
|
| 3482 |
|
|
#if defined (OBJ_ECOFF) || defined (OBJ_EVAX)
|
| 3483 |
|
|
|
| 3484 |
|
|
/* Handle the OSF/1 and openVMS .comm pseudo quirks. */
|
| 3485 |
|
|
|
| 3486 |
|
|
static void
|
| 3487 |
|
|
s_alpha_comm (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 3488 |
|
|
{
|
| 3489 |
|
|
char *name;
|
| 3490 |
|
|
char c;
|
| 3491 |
|
|
char *p;
|
| 3492 |
|
|
offsetT size;
|
| 3493 |
|
|
symbolS *symbolP;
|
| 3494 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_EVAX
|
| 3495 |
|
|
offsetT temp;
|
| 3496 |
|
|
int log_align = 0;
|
| 3497 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 3498 |
|
|
|
| 3499 |
|
|
name = input_line_pointer;
|
| 3500 |
|
|
c = get_symbol_end ();
|
| 3501 |
|
|
|
| 3502 |
|
|
/* Just after name is now '\0'. */
|
| 3503 |
|
|
p = input_line_pointer;
|
| 3504 |
|
|
*p = c;
|
| 3505 |
|
|
|
| 3506 |
|
|
SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
|
| 3507 |
|
|
|
| 3508 |
|
|
/* Alpha OSF/1 compiler doesn't provide the comma, gcc does. */
|
| 3509 |
|
|
if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
|
| 3510 |
|
|
{
|
| 3511 |
|
|
input_line_pointer++;
|
| 3512 |
|
|
SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
|
| 3513 |
|
|
}
|
| 3514 |
|
|
if ((size = get_absolute_expression ()) < 0)
|
| 3515 |
|
|
{
|
| 3516 |
|
|
as_warn (_(".COMMon length (%ld.) <0! Ignored."), (long) size);
|
| 3517 |
|
|
ignore_rest_of_line ();
|
| 3518 |
|
|
return;
|
| 3519 |
|
|
}
|
| 3520 |
|
|
|
| 3521 |
|
|
*p = 0;
|
| 3522 |
|
|
symbolP = symbol_find_or_make (name);
|
| 3523 |
|
|
*p = c;
|
| 3524 |
|
|
|
| 3525 |
|
|
if (S_IS_DEFINED (symbolP) && ! S_IS_COMMON (symbolP))
|
| 3526 |
|
|
{
|
| 3527 |
|
|
as_bad (_("Ignoring attempt to re-define symbol"));
|
| 3528 |
|
|
ignore_rest_of_line ();
|
| 3529 |
|
|
return;
|
| 3530 |
|
|
}
|
| 3531 |
|
|
|
| 3532 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_EVAX
|
| 3533 |
|
|
if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
|
| 3534 |
|
|
temp = 8; /* Default alignment. */
|
| 3535 |
|
|
else
|
| 3536 |
|
|
{
|
| 3537 |
|
|
input_line_pointer++;
|
| 3538 |
|
|
SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
|
| 3539 |
|
|
temp = get_absolute_expression ();
|
| 3540 |
|
|
}
|
| 3541 |
|
|
|
| 3542 |
|
|
/* ??? Unlike on OSF/1, the alignment factor is not in log units. */
|
| 3543 |
|
|
while ((temp >>= 1) != 0)
|
| 3544 |
|
|
++log_align;
|
| 3545 |
|
|
|
| 3546 |
|
|
if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
|
| 3547 |
|
|
{
|
| 3548 |
|
|
/* Extended form of the directive
|
| 3549 |
|
|
|
| 3550 |
|
|
.comm symbol, size, alignment, section
|
| 3551 |
|
|
|
| 3552 |
|
|
where the "common" semantics is transferred to the section.
|
| 3553 |
|
|
The symbol is effectively an alias for the section name. */
|
| 3554 |
|
|
|
| 3555 |
|
|
segT sec;
|
| 3556 |
|
|
char *sec_name;
|
| 3557 |
|
|
symbolS *sec_symbol;
|
| 3558 |
|
|
segT current_seg = now_seg;
|
| 3559 |
|
|
subsegT current_subseg = now_subseg;
|
| 3560 |
|
|
int cur_size;
|
| 3561 |
|
|
|
| 3562 |
|
|
input_line_pointer++;
|
| 3563 |
|
|
SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
|
| 3564 |
|
|
sec_name = s_alpha_section_name ();
|
| 3565 |
|
|
sec_symbol = symbol_find_or_make (sec_name);
|
| 3566 |
|
|
sec = subseg_new (sec_name, 0);
|
| 3567 |
|
|
S_SET_SEGMENT (sec_symbol, sec);
|
| 3568 |
|
|
symbol_get_bfdsym (sec_symbol)->flags |= BSF_SECTION_SYM;
|
| 3569 |
|
|
bfd_vms_set_section_flags (stdoutput, sec, 0,
|
| 3570 |
|
|
EGPS__V_OVR | EGPS__V_GBL | EGPS__V_NOMOD);
|
| 3571 |
|
|
record_alignment (sec, log_align);
|
| 3572 |
|
|
|
| 3573 |
|
|
/* Reuse stab_string_size to store the size of the section. */
|
| 3574 |
|
|
cur_size = seg_info (sec)->stabu.stab_string_size;
|
| 3575 |
|
|
if ((int) size > cur_size)
|
| 3576 |
|
|
{
|
| 3577 |
|
|
char *pfrag
|
| 3578 |
|
|
= frag_var (rs_fill, 1, 1, (relax_substateT)0, NULL,
|
| 3579 |
|
|
(valueT)size - (valueT)cur_size, NULL);
|
| 3580 |
|
|
*pfrag = 0;
|
| 3581 |
|
|
seg_info (sec)->stabu.stab_string_size = (int)size;
|
| 3582 |
|
|
}
|
| 3583 |
|
|
|
| 3584 |
|
|
S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, sec);
|
| 3585 |
|
|
|
| 3586 |
|
|
subseg_set (current_seg, current_subseg);
|
| 3587 |
|
|
}
|
| 3588 |
|
|
else
|
| 3589 |
|
|
{
|
| 3590 |
|
|
/* Regular form of the directive
|
| 3591 |
|
|
|
| 3592 |
|
|
.comm symbol, size, alignment
|
| 3593 |
|
|
|
| 3594 |
|
|
where the "common" semantics in on the symbol.
|
| 3595 |
|
|
These symbols are assembled in the .bss section. */
|
| 3596 |
|
|
|
| 3597 |
|
|
char *pfrag;
|
| 3598 |
|
|
segT current_seg = now_seg;
|
| 3599 |
|
|
subsegT current_subseg = now_subseg;
|
| 3600 |
|
|
|
| 3601 |
|
|
subseg_set (bss_section, 1);
|
| 3602 |
|
|
frag_align (log_align, 0, 0);
|
| 3603 |
|
|
record_alignment (bss_section, log_align);
|
| 3604 |
|
|
|
| 3605 |
163 |
khays |
symbol_set_frag (symbolP, frag_now);
|
| 3606 |
16 |
khays |
pfrag = frag_var (rs_org, 1, 1, (relax_substateT)0, symbolP,
|
| 3607 |
|
|
size, NULL);
|
| 3608 |
|
|
*pfrag = 0;
|
| 3609 |
|
|
|
| 3610 |
|
|
S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, bss_section);
|
| 3611 |
|
|
|
| 3612 |
|
|
subseg_set (current_seg, current_subseg);
|
| 3613 |
|
|
}
|
| 3614 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 3615 |
|
|
|
| 3616 |
|
|
if (S_GET_VALUE (symbolP))
|
| 3617 |
|
|
{
|
| 3618 |
|
|
if (S_GET_VALUE (symbolP) != (valueT) size)
|
| 3619 |
|
|
as_bad (_("Length of .comm \"%s\" is already %ld. Not changed to %ld."),
|
| 3620 |
|
|
S_GET_NAME (symbolP),
|
| 3621 |
|
|
(long) S_GET_VALUE (symbolP),
|
| 3622 |
|
|
(long) size);
|
| 3623 |
|
|
}
|
| 3624 |
|
|
else
|
| 3625 |
|
|
{
|
| 3626 |
|
|
#ifndef OBJ_EVAX
|
| 3627 |
|
|
S_SET_VALUE (symbolP, (valueT) size);
|
| 3628 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 3629 |
|
|
S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
|
| 3630 |
|
|
}
|
| 3631 |
|
|
|
| 3632 |
|
|
#ifndef OBJ_EVAX
|
| 3633 |
|
|
know (symbolP->sy_frag == &zero_address_frag);
|
| 3634 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 3635 |
|
|
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
| 3636 |
|
|
}
|
| 3637 |
|
|
|
| 3638 |
|
|
#endif /* ! OBJ_ELF */
|
| 3639 |
|
|
|
| 3640 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
|
| 3641 |
|
|
|
| 3642 |
|
|
/* Handle the .rdata pseudo-op. This is like the usual one, but it
|
| 3643 |
|
|
clears alpha_insn_label and restores auto alignment. */
|
| 3644 |
|
|
|
| 3645 |
|
|
static void
|
| 3646 |
|
|
s_alpha_rdata (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 3647 |
|
|
{
|
| 3648 |
|
|
get_absolute_expression ();
|
| 3649 |
|
|
subseg_new (".rdata", 0);
|
| 3650 |
|
|
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
| 3651 |
|
|
alpha_insn_label = NULL;
|
| 3652 |
|
|
alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
|
| 3653 |
|
|
alpha_current_align = 0;
|
| 3654 |
|
|
}
|
| 3655 |
|
|
|
| 3656 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 3657 |
|
|
|
| 3658 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
|
| 3659 |
|
|
|
| 3660 |
|
|
/* Handle the .sdata pseudo-op. This is like the usual one, but it
|
| 3661 |
|
|
clears alpha_insn_label and restores auto alignment. */
|
| 3662 |
|
|
|
| 3663 |
|
|
static void
|
| 3664 |
|
|
s_alpha_sdata (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 3665 |
|
|
{
|
| 3666 |
|
|
get_absolute_expression ();
|
| 3667 |
|
|
subseg_new (".sdata", 0);
|
| 3668 |
|
|
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
| 3669 |
|
|
alpha_insn_label = NULL;
|
| 3670 |
|
|
alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
|
| 3671 |
|
|
alpha_current_align = 0;
|
| 3672 |
|
|
}
|
| 3673 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 3674 |
|
|
|
| 3675 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
| 3676 |
|
|
struct alpha_elf_frame_data
|
| 3677 |
|
|
{
|
| 3678 |
|
|
symbolS *func_sym;
|
| 3679 |
|
|
symbolS *func_end_sym;
|
| 3680 |
|
|
symbolS *prologue_sym;
|
| 3681 |
|
|
unsigned int mask;
|
| 3682 |
|
|
unsigned int fmask;
|
| 3683 |
|
|
int fp_regno;
|
| 3684 |
|
|
int ra_regno;
|
| 3685 |
|
|
offsetT frame_size;
|
| 3686 |
|
|
offsetT mask_offset;
|
| 3687 |
|
|
offsetT fmask_offset;
|
| 3688 |
|
|
|
| 3689 |
|
|
struct alpha_elf_frame_data *next;
|
| 3690 |
|
|
};
|
| 3691 |
|
|
|
| 3692 |
|
|
static struct alpha_elf_frame_data *all_frame_data;
|
| 3693 |
|
|
static struct alpha_elf_frame_data **plast_frame_data = &all_frame_data;
|
| 3694 |
|
|
static struct alpha_elf_frame_data *cur_frame_data;
|
| 3695 |
|
|
|
| 3696 |
|
|
/* Handle the .section pseudo-op. This is like the usual one, but it
|
| 3697 |
|
|
clears alpha_insn_label and restores auto alignment. */
|
| 3698 |
|
|
|
| 3699 |
|
|
static void
|
| 3700 |
|
|
s_alpha_section (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 3701 |
|
|
{
|
| 3702 |
|
|
obj_elf_section (ignore);
|
| 3703 |
|
|
|
| 3704 |
|
|
alpha_insn_label = NULL;
|
| 3705 |
|
|
alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
|
| 3706 |
|
|
alpha_current_align = 0;
|
| 3707 |
|
|
}
|
| 3708 |
|
|
|
| 3709 |
|
|
static void
|
| 3710 |
|
|
s_alpha_ent (int dummy ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 3711 |
|
|
{
|
| 3712 |
|
|
if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
|
| 3713 |
|
|
ecoff_directive_ent (0);
|
| 3714 |
|
|
else
|
| 3715 |
|
|
{
|
| 3716 |
|
|
char *name, name_end;
|
| 3717 |
|
|
name = input_line_pointer;
|
| 3718 |
|
|
name_end = get_symbol_end ();
|
| 3719 |
|
|
|
| 3720 |
|
|
if (! is_name_beginner (*name))
|
| 3721 |
|
|
{
|
| 3722 |
|
|
as_warn (_(".ent directive has no name"));
|
| 3723 |
|
|
*input_line_pointer = name_end;
|
| 3724 |
|
|
}
|
| 3725 |
|
|
else
|
| 3726 |
|
|
{
|
| 3727 |
|
|
symbolS *sym;
|
| 3728 |
|
|
|
| 3729 |
|
|
if (cur_frame_data)
|
| 3730 |
|
|
as_warn (_("nested .ent directives"));
|
| 3731 |
|
|
|
| 3732 |
|
|
sym = symbol_find_or_make (name);
|
| 3733 |
|
|
symbol_get_bfdsym (sym)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
|
| 3734 |
|
|
|
| 3735 |
|
|
cur_frame_data = (struct alpha_elf_frame_data *)
|
| 3736 |
|
|
calloc (1, sizeof (*cur_frame_data));
|
| 3737 |
|
|
cur_frame_data->func_sym = sym;
|
| 3738 |
|
|
|
| 3739 |
|
|
/* Provide sensible defaults. */
|
| 3740 |
|
|
cur_frame_data->fp_regno = 30; /* sp */
|
| 3741 |
|
|
cur_frame_data->ra_regno = 26; /* ra */
|
| 3742 |
|
|
|
| 3743 |
|
|
*plast_frame_data = cur_frame_data;
|
| 3744 |
|
|
plast_frame_data = &cur_frame_data->next;
|
| 3745 |
|
|
|
| 3746 |
|
|
/* The .ent directive is sometimes followed by a number. Not sure
|
| 3747 |
|
|
what it really means, but ignore it. */
|
| 3748 |
|
|
*input_line_pointer = name_end;
|
| 3749 |
|
|
SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
|
| 3750 |
|
|
if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
|
| 3751 |
|
|
{
|
| 3752 |
|
|
input_line_pointer++;
|
| 3753 |
|
|
SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
|
| 3754 |
|
|
}
|
| 3755 |
|
|
if (ISDIGIT (*input_line_pointer) || *input_line_pointer == '-')
|
| 3756 |
|
|
(void) get_absolute_expression ();
|
| 3757 |
|
|
}
|
| 3758 |
|
|
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
| 3759 |
|
|
}
|
| 3760 |
|
|
}
|
| 3761 |
|
|
|
| 3762 |
|
|
static void
|
| 3763 |
|
|
s_alpha_end (int dummy ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 3764 |
|
|
{
|
| 3765 |
|
|
if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
|
| 3766 |
|
|
ecoff_directive_end (0);
|
| 3767 |
|
|
else
|
| 3768 |
|
|
{
|
| 3769 |
|
|
char *name, name_end;
|
| 3770 |
|
|
name = input_line_pointer;
|
| 3771 |
|
|
name_end = get_symbol_end ();
|
| 3772 |
|
|
|
| 3773 |
|
|
if (! is_name_beginner (*name))
|
| 3774 |
|
|
{
|
| 3775 |
|
|
as_warn (_(".end directive has no name"));
|
| 3776 |
|
|
*input_line_pointer = name_end;
|
| 3777 |
|
|
}
|
| 3778 |
|
|
else
|
| 3779 |
|
|
{
|
| 3780 |
|
|
symbolS *sym;
|
| 3781 |
|
|
|
| 3782 |
|
|
sym = symbol_find (name);
|
| 3783 |
|
|
if (!cur_frame_data)
|
| 3784 |
|
|
as_warn (_(".end directive without matching .ent"));
|
| 3785 |
|
|
else if (sym != cur_frame_data->func_sym)
|
| 3786 |
|
|
as_warn (_(".end directive names different symbol than .ent"));
|
| 3787 |
|
|
|
| 3788 |
|
|
/* Create an expression to calculate the size of the function. */
|
| 3789 |
|
|
if (sym && cur_frame_data)
|
| 3790 |
|
|
{
|
| 3791 |
|
|
OBJ_SYMFIELD_TYPE *obj = symbol_get_obj (sym);
|
| 3792 |
|
|
expressionS *exp = (expressionS *) xmalloc (sizeof (expressionS));
|
| 3793 |
|
|
|
| 3794 |
|
|
obj->size = exp;
|
| 3795 |
|
|
exp->X_op = O_subtract;
|
| 3796 |
|
|
exp->X_add_symbol = symbol_temp_new_now ();
|
| 3797 |
|
|
exp->X_op_symbol = sym;
|
| 3798 |
|
|
exp->X_add_number = 0;
|
| 3799 |
|
|
|
| 3800 |
|
|
cur_frame_data->func_end_sym = exp->X_add_symbol;
|
| 3801 |
|
|
}
|
| 3802 |
|
|
|
| 3803 |
|
|
cur_frame_data = NULL;
|
| 3804 |
|
|
|
| 3805 |
|
|
*input_line_pointer = name_end;
|
| 3806 |
|
|
}
|
| 3807 |
|
|
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
| 3808 |
|
|
}
|
| 3809 |
|
|
}
|
| 3810 |
|
|
|
| 3811 |
|
|
static void
|
| 3812 |
|
|
s_alpha_mask (int fp)
|
| 3813 |
|
|
{
|
| 3814 |
|
|
if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
|
| 3815 |
|
|
{
|
| 3816 |
|
|
if (fp)
|
| 3817 |
|
|
ecoff_directive_fmask (0);
|
| 3818 |
|
|
else
|
| 3819 |
|
|
ecoff_directive_mask (0);
|
| 3820 |
|
|
}
|
| 3821 |
|
|
else
|
| 3822 |
|
|
{
|
| 3823 |
|
|
long val;
|
| 3824 |
|
|
offsetT offset;
|
| 3825 |
|
|
|
| 3826 |
|
|
if (!cur_frame_data)
|
| 3827 |
|
|
{
|
| 3828 |
|
|
if (fp)
|
| 3829 |
|
|
as_warn (_(".fmask outside of .ent"));
|
| 3830 |
|
|
else
|
| 3831 |
|
|
as_warn (_(".mask outside of .ent"));
|
| 3832 |
|
|
discard_rest_of_line ();
|
| 3833 |
|
|
return;
|
| 3834 |
|
|
}
|
| 3835 |
|
|
|
| 3836 |
|
|
if (get_absolute_expression_and_terminator (&val) != ',')
|
| 3837 |
|
|
{
|
| 3838 |
|
|
if (fp)
|
| 3839 |
|
|
as_warn (_("bad .fmask directive"));
|
| 3840 |
|
|
else
|
| 3841 |
|
|
as_warn (_("bad .mask directive"));
|
| 3842 |
|
|
--input_line_pointer;
|
| 3843 |
|
|
discard_rest_of_line ();
|
| 3844 |
|
|
return;
|
| 3845 |
|
|
}
|
| 3846 |
|
|
|
| 3847 |
|
|
offset = get_absolute_expression ();
|
| 3848 |
|
|
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
| 3849 |
|
|
|
| 3850 |
|
|
if (fp)
|
| 3851 |
|
|
{
|
| 3852 |
|
|
cur_frame_data->fmask = val;
|
| 3853 |
|
|
cur_frame_data->fmask_offset = offset;
|
| 3854 |
|
|
}
|
| 3855 |
|
|
else
|
| 3856 |
|
|
{
|
| 3857 |
|
|
cur_frame_data->mask = val;
|
| 3858 |
|
|
cur_frame_data->mask_offset = offset;
|
| 3859 |
|
|
}
|
| 3860 |
|
|
}
|
| 3861 |
|
|
}
|
| 3862 |
|
|
|
| 3863 |
|
|
static void
|
| 3864 |
|
|
s_alpha_frame (int dummy ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 3865 |
|
|
{
|
| 3866 |
|
|
if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
|
| 3867 |
|
|
ecoff_directive_frame (0);
|
| 3868 |
|
|
else
|
| 3869 |
|
|
{
|
| 3870 |
|
|
long val;
|
| 3871 |
|
|
|
| 3872 |
|
|
if (!cur_frame_data)
|
| 3873 |
|
|
{
|
| 3874 |
|
|
as_warn (_(".frame outside of .ent"));
|
| 3875 |
|
|
discard_rest_of_line ();
|
| 3876 |
|
|
return;
|
| 3877 |
|
|
}
|
| 3878 |
|
|
|
| 3879 |
|
|
cur_frame_data->fp_regno = tc_get_register (1);
|
| 3880 |
|
|
|
| 3881 |
|
|
SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
|
| 3882 |
|
|
if (*input_line_pointer++ != ','
|
| 3883 |
|
|
|| get_absolute_expression_and_terminator (&val) != ',')
|
| 3884 |
|
|
{
|
| 3885 |
|
|
as_warn (_("bad .frame directive"));
|
| 3886 |
|
|
--input_line_pointer;
|
| 3887 |
|
|
discard_rest_of_line ();
|
| 3888 |
|
|
return;
|
| 3889 |
|
|
}
|
| 3890 |
|
|
cur_frame_data->frame_size = val;
|
| 3891 |
|
|
|
| 3892 |
|
|
cur_frame_data->ra_regno = tc_get_register (0);
|
| 3893 |
|
|
|
| 3894 |
|
|
/* Next comes the "offset of saved $a0 from $sp". In gcc terms
|
| 3895 |
|
|
this is current_function_pretend_args_size. There's no place
|
| 3896 |
|
|
to put this value, so ignore it. */
|
| 3897 |
|
|
s_ignore (42);
|
| 3898 |
|
|
}
|
| 3899 |
|
|
}
|
| 3900 |
|
|
|
| 3901 |
|
|
static void
|
| 3902 |
|
|
s_alpha_prologue (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 3903 |
|
|
{
|
| 3904 |
|
|
symbolS *sym;
|
| 3905 |
|
|
int arg;
|
| 3906 |
|
|
|
| 3907 |
|
|
arg = get_absolute_expression ();
|
| 3908 |
|
|
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
| 3909 |
|
|
alpha_prologue_label = symbol_new
|
| 3910 |
|
|
(FAKE_LABEL_NAME, now_seg, (valueT) frag_now_fix (), frag_now);
|
| 3911 |
|
|
|
| 3912 |
|
|
if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
|
| 3913 |
|
|
sym = ecoff_get_cur_proc_sym ();
|
| 3914 |
|
|
else
|
| 3915 |
|
|
sym = cur_frame_data ? cur_frame_data->func_sym : NULL;
|
| 3916 |
|
|
|
| 3917 |
|
|
if (sym == NULL)
|
| 3918 |
|
|
{
|
| 3919 |
|
|
as_bad (_(".prologue directive without a preceding .ent directive"));
|
| 3920 |
|
|
return;
|
| 3921 |
|
|
}
|
| 3922 |
|
|
|
| 3923 |
|
|
switch (arg)
|
| 3924 |
|
|
{
|
| 3925 |
|
|
case 0: /* No PV required. */
|
| 3926 |
|
|
S_SET_OTHER (sym, STO_ALPHA_NOPV
|
| 3927 |
|
|
| (S_GET_OTHER (sym) & ~STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD));
|
| 3928 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3929 |
|
|
case 1: /* Std GP load. */
|
| 3930 |
|
|
S_SET_OTHER (sym, STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD
|
| 3931 |
|
|
| (S_GET_OTHER (sym) & ~STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD));
|
| 3932 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3933 |
|
|
case 2: /* Non-std use of PV. */
|
| 3934 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3935 |
|
|
|
| 3936 |
|
|
default:
|
| 3937 |
|
|
as_bad (_("Invalid argument %d to .prologue."), arg);
|
| 3938 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3939 |
|
|
}
|
| 3940 |
|
|
|
| 3941 |
|
|
if (cur_frame_data)
|
| 3942 |
|
|
cur_frame_data->prologue_sym = symbol_temp_new_now ();
|
| 3943 |
|
|
}
|
| 3944 |
|
|
|
| 3945 |
|
|
static char *first_file_directive;
|
| 3946 |
|
|
|
| 3947 |
|
|
static void
|
| 3948 |
|
|
s_alpha_file (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 3949 |
|
|
{
|
| 3950 |
|
|
/* Save the first .file directive we see, so that we can change our
|
| 3951 |
|
|
minds about whether ecoff debugging should or shouldn't be enabled. */
|
| 3952 |
|
|
if (alpha_flag_mdebug < 0 && ! first_file_directive)
|
| 3953 |
|
|
{
|
| 3954 |
|
|
char *start = input_line_pointer;
|
| 3955 |
|
|
size_t len;
|
| 3956 |
|
|
|
| 3957 |
|
|
discard_rest_of_line ();
|
| 3958 |
|
|
|
| 3959 |
|
|
len = input_line_pointer - start;
|
| 3960 |
|
|
first_file_directive = (char *) xmalloc (len + 1);
|
| 3961 |
|
|
memcpy (first_file_directive, start, len);
|
| 3962 |
|
|
first_file_directive[len] = '\0';
|
| 3963 |
|
|
|
| 3964 |
|
|
input_line_pointer = start;
|
| 3965 |
|
|
}
|
| 3966 |
|
|
|
| 3967 |
|
|
if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
|
| 3968 |
|
|
ecoff_directive_file (0);
|
| 3969 |
|
|
else
|
| 3970 |
|
|
dwarf2_directive_file (0);
|
| 3971 |
|
|
}
|
| 3972 |
|
|
|
| 3973 |
|
|
static void
|
| 3974 |
|
|
s_alpha_loc (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 3975 |
|
|
{
|
| 3976 |
|
|
if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
|
| 3977 |
|
|
ecoff_directive_loc (0);
|
| 3978 |
|
|
else
|
| 3979 |
|
|
dwarf2_directive_loc (0);
|
| 3980 |
|
|
}
|
| 3981 |
|
|
|
| 3982 |
|
|
static void
|
| 3983 |
|
|
s_alpha_stab (int n)
|
| 3984 |
|
|
{
|
| 3985 |
|
|
/* If we've been undecided about mdebug, make up our minds in favour. */
|
| 3986 |
|
|
if (alpha_flag_mdebug < 0)
|
| 3987 |
|
|
{
|
| 3988 |
|
|
segT sec = subseg_new (".mdebug", 0);
|
| 3989 |
|
|
bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, sec, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_READONLY);
|
| 3990 |
|
|
bfd_set_section_alignment (stdoutput, sec, 3);
|
| 3991 |
|
|
|
| 3992 |
|
|
ecoff_read_begin_hook ();
|
| 3993 |
|
|
|
| 3994 |
|
|
if (first_file_directive)
|
| 3995 |
|
|
{
|
| 3996 |
|
|
char *save_ilp = input_line_pointer;
|
| 3997 |
|
|
input_line_pointer = first_file_directive;
|
| 3998 |
|
|
ecoff_directive_file (0);
|
| 3999 |
|
|
input_line_pointer = save_ilp;
|
| 4000 |
|
|
free (first_file_directive);
|
| 4001 |
|
|
}
|
| 4002 |
|
|
|
| 4003 |
|
|
alpha_flag_mdebug = 1;
|
| 4004 |
|
|
}
|
| 4005 |
|
|
s_stab (n);
|
| 4006 |
|
|
}
|
| 4007 |
|
|
|
| 4008 |
|
|
static void
|
| 4009 |
|
|
s_alpha_coff_wrapper (int which)
|
| 4010 |
|
|
{
|
| 4011 |
|
|
static void (* const fns[]) (int) = {
|
| 4012 |
|
|
ecoff_directive_begin,
|
| 4013 |
|
|
ecoff_directive_bend,
|
| 4014 |
|
|
ecoff_directive_def,
|
| 4015 |
|
|
ecoff_directive_dim,
|
| 4016 |
|
|
ecoff_directive_endef,
|
| 4017 |
|
|
ecoff_directive_scl,
|
| 4018 |
|
|
ecoff_directive_tag,
|
| 4019 |
|
|
ecoff_directive_val,
|
| 4020 |
|
|
};
|
| 4021 |
|
|
|
| 4022 |
|
|
gas_assert (which >= 0 && which < (int) (sizeof (fns)/sizeof (*fns)));
|
| 4023 |
|
|
|
| 4024 |
|
|
if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
|
| 4025 |
|
|
(*fns[which]) (0);
|
| 4026 |
|
|
else
|
| 4027 |
|
|
{
|
| 4028 |
|
|
as_bad (_("ECOFF debugging is disabled."));
|
| 4029 |
|
|
ignore_rest_of_line ();
|
| 4030 |
|
|
}
|
| 4031 |
|
|
}
|
| 4032 |
|
|
|
| 4033 |
|
|
/* Called at the end of assembly. Here we emit unwind info for frames
|
| 4034 |
|
|
unless the compiler has done it for us. */
|
| 4035 |
|
|
|
| 4036 |
|
|
void
|
| 4037 |
|
|
alpha_elf_md_end (void)
|
| 4038 |
|
|
{
|
| 4039 |
|
|
struct alpha_elf_frame_data *p;
|
| 4040 |
|
|
|
| 4041 |
|
|
if (cur_frame_data)
|
| 4042 |
|
|
as_warn (_(".ent directive without matching .end"));
|
| 4043 |
|
|
|
| 4044 |
|
|
/* If someone has generated the unwind info themselves, great. */
|
| 4045 |
|
|
if (bfd_get_section_by_name (stdoutput, ".eh_frame") != NULL)
|
| 4046 |
|
|
return;
|
| 4047 |
|
|
|
| 4048 |
160 |
khays |
/* ??? In theory we could look for functions for which we have
|
| 4049 |
|
|
generated unwind info via CFI directives, and those we have not.
|
| 4050 |
|
|
Those we have not could still get their unwind info from here.
|
| 4051 |
|
|
For now, do nothing if we've seen any CFI directives. Note that
|
| 4052 |
|
|
the above test will not trigger, as we've not emitted data yet. */
|
| 4053 |
|
|
if (all_fde_data != NULL)
|
| 4054 |
|
|
return;
|
| 4055 |
|
|
|
| 4056 |
16 |
khays |
/* Generate .eh_frame data for the unwind directives specified. */
|
| 4057 |
|
|
for (p = all_frame_data; p ; p = p->next)
|
| 4058 |
|
|
if (p->prologue_sym)
|
| 4059 |
|
|
{
|
| 4060 |
|
|
/* Create a temporary symbol at the same location as our
|
| 4061 |
|
|
function symbol. This prevents problems with globals. */
|
| 4062 |
|
|
cfi_new_fde (symbol_temp_new (S_GET_SEGMENT (p->func_sym),
|
| 4063 |
|
|
S_GET_VALUE (p->func_sym),
|
| 4064 |
|
|
symbol_get_frag (p->func_sym)));
|
| 4065 |
|
|
|
| 4066 |
|
|
cfi_set_return_column (p->ra_regno);
|
| 4067 |
|
|
cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa_register (30);
|
| 4068 |
|
|
if (p->fp_regno != 30 || p->mask || p->fmask || p->frame_size)
|
| 4069 |
|
|
{
|
| 4070 |
|
|
unsigned int mask;
|
| 4071 |
|
|
offsetT offset;
|
| 4072 |
|
|
|
| 4073 |
|
|
cfi_add_advance_loc (p->prologue_sym);
|
| 4074 |
|
|
|
| 4075 |
|
|
if (p->fp_regno != 30)
|
| 4076 |
|
|
if (p->frame_size != 0)
|
| 4077 |
|
|
cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa (p->fp_regno, p->frame_size);
|
| 4078 |
|
|
else
|
| 4079 |
|
|
cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa_register (p->fp_regno);
|
| 4080 |
|
|
else if (p->frame_size != 0)
|
| 4081 |
|
|
cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa_offset (p->frame_size);
|
| 4082 |
|
|
|
| 4083 |
|
|
mask = p->mask;
|
| 4084 |
|
|
offset = p->mask_offset;
|
| 4085 |
|
|
|
| 4086 |
|
|
/* Recall that $26 is special-cased and stored first. */
|
| 4087 |
|
|
if ((mask >> 26) & 1)
|
| 4088 |
|
|
{
|
| 4089 |
|
|
cfi_add_CFA_offset (26, offset);
|
| 4090 |
|
|
offset += 8;
|
| 4091 |
|
|
mask &= ~(1 << 26);
|
| 4092 |
|
|
}
|
| 4093 |
|
|
while (mask)
|
| 4094 |
|
|
{
|
| 4095 |
|
|
unsigned int i;
|
| 4096 |
|
|
i = mask & -mask;
|
| 4097 |
|
|
mask ^= i;
|
| 4098 |
|
|
i = ffs (i) - 1;
|
| 4099 |
|
|
|
| 4100 |
|
|
cfi_add_CFA_offset (i, offset);
|
| 4101 |
|
|
offset += 8;
|
| 4102 |
|
|
}
|
| 4103 |
|
|
|
| 4104 |
|
|
mask = p->fmask;
|
| 4105 |
|
|
offset = p->fmask_offset;
|
| 4106 |
|
|
while (mask)
|
| 4107 |
|
|
{
|
| 4108 |
|
|
unsigned int i;
|
| 4109 |
|
|
i = mask & -mask;
|
| 4110 |
|
|
mask ^= i;
|
| 4111 |
|
|
i = ffs (i) - 1;
|
| 4112 |
|
|
|
| 4113 |
|
|
cfi_add_CFA_offset (i + 32, offset);
|
| 4114 |
|
|
offset += 8;
|
| 4115 |
|
|
}
|
| 4116 |
|
|
}
|
| 4117 |
|
|
|
| 4118 |
|
|
cfi_end_fde (p->func_end_sym);
|
| 4119 |
|
|
}
|
| 4120 |
|
|
}
|
| 4121 |
|
|
|
| 4122 |
|
|
static void
|
| 4123 |
|
|
s_alpha_usepv (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 4124 |
|
|
{
|
| 4125 |
|
|
char *name, name_end;
|
| 4126 |
|
|
char *which, which_end;
|
| 4127 |
|
|
symbolS *sym;
|
| 4128 |
|
|
int other;
|
| 4129 |
|
|
|
| 4130 |
|
|
name = input_line_pointer;
|
| 4131 |
|
|
name_end = get_symbol_end ();
|
| 4132 |
|
|
|
| 4133 |
|
|
if (! is_name_beginner (*name))
|
| 4134 |
|
|
{
|
| 4135 |
|
|
as_bad (_(".usepv directive has no name"));
|
| 4136 |
|
|
*input_line_pointer = name_end;
|
| 4137 |
|
|
ignore_rest_of_line ();
|
| 4138 |
|
|
return;
|
| 4139 |
|
|
}
|
| 4140 |
|
|
|
| 4141 |
|
|
sym = symbol_find_or_make (name);
|
| 4142 |
|
|
*input_line_pointer++ = name_end;
|
| 4143 |
|
|
|
| 4144 |
|
|
if (name_end != ',')
|
| 4145 |
|
|
{
|
| 4146 |
|
|
as_bad (_(".usepv directive has no type"));
|
| 4147 |
|
|
ignore_rest_of_line ();
|
| 4148 |
|
|
return;
|
| 4149 |
|
|
}
|
| 4150 |
|
|
|
| 4151 |
|
|
SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
|
| 4152 |
|
|
which = input_line_pointer;
|
| 4153 |
|
|
which_end = get_symbol_end ();
|
| 4154 |
|
|
|
| 4155 |
|
|
if (strcmp (which, "no") == 0)
|
| 4156 |
|
|
other = STO_ALPHA_NOPV;
|
| 4157 |
|
|
else if (strcmp (which, "std") == 0)
|
| 4158 |
|
|
other = STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD;
|
| 4159 |
|
|
else
|
| 4160 |
|
|
{
|
| 4161 |
|
|
as_bad (_("unknown argument for .usepv"));
|
| 4162 |
|
|
other = 0;
|
| 4163 |
|
|
}
|
| 4164 |
|
|
|
| 4165 |
|
|
*input_line_pointer = which_end;
|
| 4166 |
|
|
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
| 4167 |
|
|
|
| 4168 |
|
|
S_SET_OTHER (sym, other | (S_GET_OTHER (sym) & ~STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD));
|
| 4169 |
|
|
}
|
| 4170 |
|
|
#endif /* OBJ_ELF */
|
| 4171 |
|
|
|
| 4172 |
|
|
/* Standard calling conventions leaves the CFA at $30 on entry. */
|
| 4173 |
|
|
|
| 4174 |
|
|
void
|
| 4175 |
|
|
alpha_cfi_frame_initial_instructions (void)
|
| 4176 |
|
|
{
|
| 4177 |
|
|
cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa_register (30);
|
| 4178 |
|
|
}
|
| 4179 |
|
|
|
| 4180 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_EVAX
|
| 4181 |
|
|
|
| 4182 |
|
|
/* Get name of section. */
|
| 4183 |
|
|
static char *
|
| 4184 |
|
|
s_alpha_section_name (void)
|
| 4185 |
|
|
{
|
| 4186 |
|
|
char *name;
|
| 4187 |
|
|
|
| 4188 |
|
|
SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
|
| 4189 |
|
|
if (*input_line_pointer == '"')
|
| 4190 |
|
|
{
|
| 4191 |
|
|
int dummy;
|
| 4192 |
|
|
|
| 4193 |
|
|
name = demand_copy_C_string (&dummy);
|
| 4194 |
|
|
if (name == NULL)
|
| 4195 |
|
|
{
|
| 4196 |
|
|
ignore_rest_of_line ();
|
| 4197 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
| 4198 |
|
|
}
|
| 4199 |
|
|
}
|
| 4200 |
|
|
else
|
| 4201 |
|
|
{
|
| 4202 |
|
|
char *end = input_line_pointer;
|
| 4203 |
|
|
|
| 4204 |
|
|
while (0 == strchr ("\n\t,; ", *end))
|
| 4205 |
|
|
end++;
|
| 4206 |
|
|
if (end == input_line_pointer)
|
| 4207 |
|
|
{
|
| 4208 |
|
|
as_warn (_("missing name"));
|
| 4209 |
|
|
ignore_rest_of_line ();
|
| 4210 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
| 4211 |
|
|
}
|
| 4212 |
|
|
|
| 4213 |
|
|
name = xmalloc (end - input_line_pointer + 1);
|
| 4214 |
|
|
memcpy (name, input_line_pointer, end - input_line_pointer);
|
| 4215 |
|
|
name[end - input_line_pointer] = '\0';
|
| 4216 |
|
|
input_line_pointer = end;
|
| 4217 |
|
|
}
|
| 4218 |
|
|
SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
|
| 4219 |
|
|
return name;
|
| 4220 |
|
|
}
|
| 4221 |
|
|
|
| 4222 |
|
|
/* Put clear/set flags in one flagword. The LSBs are flags to be set,
|
| 4223 |
|
|
the MSBs are the flags to be cleared. */
|
| 4224 |
|
|
|
| 4225 |
|
|
#define EGPS__V_NO_SHIFT 16
|
| 4226 |
|
|
#define EGPS__V_MASK 0xffff
|
| 4227 |
|
|
|
| 4228 |
|
|
/* Parse one VMS section flag. */
|
| 4229 |
|
|
|
| 4230 |
|
|
static flagword
|
| 4231 |
|
|
s_alpha_section_word (char *str, size_t len)
|
| 4232 |
|
|
{
|
| 4233 |
|
|
int no = 0;
|
| 4234 |
|
|
flagword flag = 0;
|
| 4235 |
|
|
|
| 4236 |
|
|
if (len == 5 && strncmp (str, "NO", 2) == 0)
|
| 4237 |
|
|
{
|
| 4238 |
|
|
no = 1;
|
| 4239 |
|
|
str += 2;
|
| 4240 |
|
|
len -= 2;
|
| 4241 |
|
|
}
|
| 4242 |
|
|
|
| 4243 |
|
|
if (len == 3)
|
| 4244 |
|
|
{
|
| 4245 |
|
|
if (strncmp (str, "PIC", 3) == 0)
|
| 4246 |
|
|
flag = EGPS__V_PIC;
|
| 4247 |
|
|
else if (strncmp (str, "LIB", 3) == 0)
|
| 4248 |
|
|
flag = EGPS__V_LIB;
|
| 4249 |
|
|
else if (strncmp (str, "OVR", 3) == 0)
|
| 4250 |
|
|
flag = EGPS__V_OVR;
|
| 4251 |
|
|
else if (strncmp (str, "REL", 3) == 0)
|
| 4252 |
|
|
flag = EGPS__V_REL;
|
| 4253 |
|
|
else if (strncmp (str, "GBL", 3) == 0)
|
| 4254 |
|
|
flag = EGPS__V_GBL;
|
| 4255 |
|
|
else if (strncmp (str, "SHR", 3) == 0)
|
| 4256 |
|
|
flag = EGPS__V_SHR;
|
| 4257 |
|
|
else if (strncmp (str, "EXE", 3) == 0)
|
| 4258 |
|
|
flag = EGPS__V_EXE;
|
| 4259 |
|
|
else if (strncmp (str, "WRT", 3) == 0)
|
| 4260 |
|
|
flag = EGPS__V_WRT;
|
| 4261 |
|
|
else if (strncmp (str, "VEC", 3) == 0)
|
| 4262 |
|
|
flag = EGPS__V_VEC;
|
| 4263 |
|
|
else if (strncmp (str, "MOD", 3) == 0)
|
| 4264 |
|
|
{
|
| 4265 |
|
|
flag = no ? EGPS__V_NOMOD : EGPS__V_NOMOD << EGPS__V_NO_SHIFT;
|
| 4266 |
|
|
no = 0;
|
| 4267 |
|
|
}
|
| 4268 |
|
|
else if (strncmp (str, "COM", 3) == 0)
|
| 4269 |
|
|
flag = EGPS__V_COM;
|
| 4270 |
|
|
}
|
| 4271 |
|
|
|
| 4272 |
|
|
if (flag == 0)
|
| 4273 |
|
|
{
|
| 4274 |
|
|
char c = str[len];
|
| 4275 |
|
|
str[len] = 0;
|
| 4276 |
|
|
as_warn (_("unknown section attribute %s"), str);
|
| 4277 |
|
|
str[len] = c;
|
| 4278 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 4279 |
|
|
}
|
| 4280 |
|
|
|
| 4281 |
|
|
if (no)
|
| 4282 |
|
|
return flag << EGPS__V_NO_SHIFT;
|
| 4283 |
|
|
else
|
| 4284 |
|
|
return flag;
|
| 4285 |
|
|
}
|
| 4286 |
|
|
|
| 4287 |
|
|
/* Handle the section specific pseudo-op. */
|
| 4288 |
|
|
|
| 4289 |
|
|
#define EVAX_SECTION_COUNT 5
|
| 4290 |
|
|
|
| 4291 |
|
|
static char *section_name[EVAX_SECTION_COUNT + 1] =
|
| 4292 |
|
|
{ "NULL", ".rdata", ".comm", ".link", ".ctors", ".dtors" };
|
| 4293 |
|
|
|
| 4294 |
|
|
static void
|
| 4295 |
|
|
s_alpha_section (int secid)
|
| 4296 |
|
|
{
|
| 4297 |
|
|
char *name, *beg;
|
| 4298 |
|
|
segT sec;
|
| 4299 |
|
|
flagword vms_flags = 0;
|
| 4300 |
|
|
symbolS *symbol;
|
| 4301 |
|
|
|
| 4302 |
|
|
if (secid == 0)
|
| 4303 |
|
|
{
|
| 4304 |
|
|
name = s_alpha_section_name ();
|
| 4305 |
|
|
if (name == NULL)
|
| 4306 |
|
|
return;
|
| 4307 |
|
|
sec = subseg_new (name, 0);
|
| 4308 |
|
|
if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
|
| 4309 |
|
|
{
|
| 4310 |
|
|
/* Skip the comma. */
|
| 4311 |
|
|
++input_line_pointer;
|
| 4312 |
|
|
SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
|
| 4313 |
|
|
|
| 4314 |
|
|
do
|
| 4315 |
|
|
{
|
| 4316 |
|
|
char c;
|
| 4317 |
|
|
|
| 4318 |
|
|
SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
|
| 4319 |
|
|
beg = input_line_pointer;
|
| 4320 |
|
|
c = get_symbol_end ();
|
| 4321 |
|
|
*input_line_pointer = c;
|
| 4322 |
|
|
|
| 4323 |
|
|
vms_flags |= s_alpha_section_word (beg, input_line_pointer - beg);
|
| 4324 |
|
|
|
| 4325 |
|
|
SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
|
| 4326 |
|
|
}
|
| 4327 |
|
|
while (*input_line_pointer++ == ',');
|
| 4328 |
|
|
--input_line_pointer;
|
| 4329 |
|
|
}
|
| 4330 |
|
|
|
| 4331 |
|
|
symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name);
|
| 4332 |
|
|
S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, sec);
|
| 4333 |
|
|
symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_SECTION_SYM;
|
| 4334 |
|
|
bfd_vms_set_section_flags
|
| 4335 |
|
|
(stdoutput, sec,
|
| 4336 |
|
|
(vms_flags >> EGPS__V_NO_SHIFT) & EGPS__V_MASK,
|
| 4337 |
|
|
vms_flags & EGPS__V_MASK);
|
| 4338 |
|
|
}
|
| 4339 |
|
|
else
|
| 4340 |
|
|
{
|
| 4341 |
|
|
get_absolute_expression ();
|
| 4342 |
|
|
subseg_new (section_name[secid], 0);
|
| 4343 |
|
|
}
|
| 4344 |
|
|
|
| 4345 |
|
|
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
| 4346 |
|
|
alpha_insn_label = NULL;
|
| 4347 |
|
|
alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
|
| 4348 |
|
|
alpha_current_align = 0;
|
| 4349 |
|
|
}
|
| 4350 |
|
|
|
| 4351 |
|
|
static void
|
| 4352 |
|
|
s_alpha_literals (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 4353 |
|
|
{
|
| 4354 |
|
|
subseg_new (".literals", 0);
|
| 4355 |
|
|
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
| 4356 |
|
|
alpha_insn_label = NULL;
|
| 4357 |
|
|
alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
|
| 4358 |
|
|
alpha_current_align = 0;
|
| 4359 |
|
|
}
|
| 4360 |
|
|
|
| 4361 |
|
|
/* Parse .ent directives. */
|
| 4362 |
|
|
|
| 4363 |
|
|
static void
|
| 4364 |
|
|
s_alpha_ent (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 4365 |
|
|
{
|
| 4366 |
|
|
symbolS *symbol;
|
| 4367 |
|
|
expressionS symexpr;
|
| 4368 |
|
|
|
| 4369 |
160 |
khays |
if (alpha_evax_proc != NULL)
|
| 4370 |
|
|
as_bad (_("previous .ent not closed by a .end"));
|
| 4371 |
16 |
khays |
|
| 4372 |
160 |
khays |
alpha_evax_proc = &alpha_evax_proc_data;
|
| 4373 |
|
|
|
| 4374 |
16 |
khays |
alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind = 0;
|
| 4375 |
|
|
alpha_evax_proc->framereg = -1;
|
| 4376 |
|
|
alpha_evax_proc->framesize = 0;
|
| 4377 |
|
|
alpha_evax_proc->rsa_offset = 0;
|
| 4378 |
|
|
alpha_evax_proc->ra_save = AXP_REG_RA;
|
| 4379 |
|
|
alpha_evax_proc->fp_save = -1;
|
| 4380 |
|
|
alpha_evax_proc->imask = 0;
|
| 4381 |
|
|
alpha_evax_proc->fmask = 0;
|
| 4382 |
|
|
alpha_evax_proc->prologue = 0;
|
| 4383 |
|
|
alpha_evax_proc->type = 0;
|
| 4384 |
|
|
alpha_evax_proc->handler = 0;
|
| 4385 |
|
|
alpha_evax_proc->handler_data = 0;
|
| 4386 |
|
|
|
| 4387 |
|
|
expression (&symexpr);
|
| 4388 |
|
|
|
| 4389 |
|
|
if (symexpr.X_op != O_symbol)
|
| 4390 |
|
|
{
|
| 4391 |
|
|
as_fatal (_(".ent directive has no symbol"));
|
| 4392 |
|
|
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
| 4393 |
|
|
return;
|
| 4394 |
|
|
}
|
| 4395 |
|
|
|
| 4396 |
|
|
symbol = make_expr_symbol (&symexpr);
|
| 4397 |
|
|
symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
|
| 4398 |
|
|
alpha_evax_proc->symbol = symbol;
|
| 4399 |
|
|
|
| 4400 |
|
|
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
| 4401 |
|
|
}
|
| 4402 |
|
|
|
| 4403 |
|
|
static void
|
| 4404 |
|
|
s_alpha_handler (int is_data)
|
| 4405 |
|
|
{
|
| 4406 |
|
|
if (is_data)
|
| 4407 |
|
|
alpha_evax_proc->handler_data = get_absolute_expression ();
|
| 4408 |
|
|
else
|
| 4409 |
|
|
{
|
| 4410 |
|
|
char *name, name_end;
|
| 4411 |
|
|
name = input_line_pointer;
|
| 4412 |
|
|
name_end = get_symbol_end ();
|
| 4413 |
|
|
|
| 4414 |
|
|
if (! is_name_beginner (*name))
|
| 4415 |
|
|
{
|
| 4416 |
|
|
as_warn (_(".handler directive has no name"));
|
| 4417 |
|
|
*input_line_pointer = name_end;
|
| 4418 |
|
|
}
|
| 4419 |
|
|
else
|
| 4420 |
|
|
{
|
| 4421 |
|
|
symbolS *sym;
|
| 4422 |
|
|
|
| 4423 |
|
|
sym = symbol_find_or_make (name);
|
| 4424 |
|
|
symbol_get_bfdsym (sym)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
|
| 4425 |
|
|
alpha_evax_proc->handler = sym;
|
| 4426 |
|
|
*input_line_pointer = name_end;
|
| 4427 |
|
|
}
|
| 4428 |
|
|
}
|
| 4429 |
|
|
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
| 4430 |
|
|
}
|
| 4431 |
|
|
|
| 4432 |
|
|
/* Parse .frame <framreg>,<framesize>,RA,<rsa_offset> directives. */
|
| 4433 |
|
|
|
| 4434 |
|
|
static void
|
| 4435 |
|
|
s_alpha_frame (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 4436 |
|
|
{
|
| 4437 |
|
|
long val;
|
| 4438 |
166 |
khays |
int ra;
|
| 4439 |
16 |
khays |
|
| 4440 |
|
|
alpha_evax_proc->framereg = tc_get_register (1);
|
| 4441 |
|
|
|
| 4442 |
|
|
SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
|
| 4443 |
|
|
if (*input_line_pointer++ != ','
|
| 4444 |
|
|
|| get_absolute_expression_and_terminator (&val) != ',')
|
| 4445 |
|
|
{
|
| 4446 |
|
|
as_warn (_("Bad .frame directive 1./2. param"));
|
| 4447 |
|
|
--input_line_pointer;
|
| 4448 |
|
|
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
| 4449 |
|
|
return;
|
| 4450 |
|
|
}
|
| 4451 |
|
|
|
| 4452 |
|
|
alpha_evax_proc->framesize = val;
|
| 4453 |
|
|
|
| 4454 |
166 |
khays |
ra = tc_get_register (1);
|
| 4455 |
|
|
if (ra != AXP_REG_RA)
|
| 4456 |
|
|
as_warn (_("Bad RA (%d) register for .frame"), ra);
|
| 4457 |
|
|
|
| 4458 |
16 |
khays |
SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
|
| 4459 |
|
|
if (*input_line_pointer++ != ',')
|
| 4460 |
|
|
{
|
| 4461 |
|
|
as_warn (_("Bad .frame directive 3./4. param"));
|
| 4462 |
|
|
--input_line_pointer;
|
| 4463 |
|
|
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
| 4464 |
|
|
return;
|
| 4465 |
|
|
}
|
| 4466 |
|
|
alpha_evax_proc->rsa_offset = get_absolute_expression ();
|
| 4467 |
|
|
}
|
| 4468 |
|
|
|
| 4469 |
|
|
/* Parse .prologue. */
|
| 4470 |
|
|
|
| 4471 |
|
|
static void
|
| 4472 |
|
|
s_alpha_prologue (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 4473 |
|
|
{
|
| 4474 |
|
|
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
| 4475 |
|
|
alpha_prologue_label = symbol_new
|
| 4476 |
|
|
(FAKE_LABEL_NAME, now_seg, (valueT) frag_now_fix (), frag_now);
|
| 4477 |
|
|
}
|
| 4478 |
|
|
|
| 4479 |
166 |
khays |
/* Parse .pdesc <entry_name>,{null|stack|reg}
|
| 4480 |
16 |
khays |
Insert a procedure descriptor. */
|
| 4481 |
|
|
|
| 4482 |
|
|
static void
|
| 4483 |
|
|
s_alpha_pdesc (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 4484 |
|
|
{
|
| 4485 |
|
|
char *name;
|
| 4486 |
|
|
char name_end;
|
| 4487 |
|
|
register char *p;
|
| 4488 |
|
|
expressionS exp;
|
| 4489 |
|
|
symbolS *entry_sym;
|
| 4490 |
160 |
khays |
const char *entry_sym_name;
|
| 4491 |
|
|
const char *pdesc_sym_name;
|
| 4492 |
16 |
khays |
fixS *fixp;
|
| 4493 |
160 |
khays |
size_t len;
|
| 4494 |
16 |
khays |
|
| 4495 |
|
|
if (now_seg != alpha_link_section)
|
| 4496 |
|
|
{
|
| 4497 |
|
|
as_bad (_(".pdesc directive not in link (.link) section"));
|
| 4498 |
|
|
return;
|
| 4499 |
|
|
}
|
| 4500 |
|
|
|
| 4501 |
|
|
expression (&exp);
|
| 4502 |
|
|
if (exp.X_op != O_symbol)
|
| 4503 |
|
|
{
|
| 4504 |
160 |
khays |
as_bad (_(".pdesc directive has no entry symbol"));
|
| 4505 |
16 |
khays |
return;
|
| 4506 |
|
|
}
|
| 4507 |
|
|
|
| 4508 |
|
|
entry_sym = make_expr_symbol (&exp);
|
| 4509 |
160 |
khays |
entry_sym_name = S_GET_NAME (entry_sym);
|
| 4510 |
16 |
khays |
|
| 4511 |
160 |
khays |
/* Strip "..en". */
|
| 4512 |
16 |
khays |
len = strlen (entry_sym_name);
|
| 4513 |
160 |
khays |
if (len < 4 || strcmp (entry_sym_name + len - 4, "..en") != 0)
|
| 4514 |
16 |
khays |
{
|
| 4515 |
160 |
khays |
as_bad (_(".pdesc has a bad entry symbol"));
|
| 4516 |
16 |
khays |
return;
|
| 4517 |
|
|
}
|
| 4518 |
160 |
khays |
len -= 4;
|
| 4519 |
|
|
pdesc_sym_name = S_GET_NAME (alpha_evax_proc->symbol);
|
| 4520 |
16 |
khays |
|
| 4521 |
160 |
khays |
if (!alpha_evax_proc
|
| 4522 |
|
|
|| !S_IS_DEFINED (alpha_evax_proc->symbol)
|
| 4523 |
|
|
|| strlen (pdesc_sym_name) != len
|
| 4524 |
|
|
|| memcmp (entry_sym_name, pdesc_sym_name, len) != 0)
|
| 4525 |
|
|
{
|
| 4526 |
|
|
as_fatal (_(".pdesc doesn't match with last .ent"));
|
| 4527 |
|
|
return;
|
| 4528 |
|
|
}
|
| 4529 |
16 |
khays |
|
| 4530 |
160 |
khays |
/* Define pdesc symbol. */
|
| 4531 |
|
|
symbol_set_value_now (alpha_evax_proc->symbol);
|
| 4532 |
16 |
khays |
|
| 4533 |
|
|
/* Save bfd symbol of proc entry in function symbol. */
|
| 4534 |
|
|
((struct evax_private_udata_struct *)
|
| 4535 |
|
|
symbol_get_bfdsym (alpha_evax_proc->symbol)->udata.p)->enbsym
|
| 4536 |
|
|
= symbol_get_bfdsym (entry_sym);
|
| 4537 |
|
|
|
| 4538 |
|
|
SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
|
| 4539 |
|
|
if (*input_line_pointer++ != ',')
|
| 4540 |
|
|
{
|
| 4541 |
|
|
as_warn (_("No comma after .pdesc <entryname>"));
|
| 4542 |
|
|
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
| 4543 |
|
|
return;
|
| 4544 |
|
|
}
|
| 4545 |
|
|
|
| 4546 |
|
|
SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
|
| 4547 |
|
|
name = input_line_pointer;
|
| 4548 |
|
|
name_end = get_symbol_end ();
|
| 4549 |
|
|
|
| 4550 |
|
|
if (strncmp (name, "stack", 5) == 0)
|
| 4551 |
|
|
alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind = PDSC_S_K_KIND_FP_STACK;
|
| 4552 |
|
|
|
| 4553 |
|
|
else if (strncmp (name, "reg", 3) == 0)
|
| 4554 |
|
|
alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind = PDSC_S_K_KIND_FP_REGISTER;
|
| 4555 |
|
|
|
| 4556 |
|
|
else if (strncmp (name, "null", 4) == 0)
|
| 4557 |
|
|
alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind = PDSC_S_K_KIND_NULL;
|
| 4558 |
|
|
|
| 4559 |
|
|
else
|
| 4560 |
|
|
{
|
| 4561 |
|
|
as_fatal (_("unknown procedure kind"));
|
| 4562 |
|
|
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
| 4563 |
|
|
return;
|
| 4564 |
|
|
}
|
| 4565 |
|
|
|
| 4566 |
|
|
*input_line_pointer = name_end;
|
| 4567 |
|
|
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
| 4568 |
|
|
|
| 4569 |
|
|
#ifdef md_flush_pending_output
|
| 4570 |
|
|
md_flush_pending_output ();
|
| 4571 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 4572 |
|
|
|
| 4573 |
|
|
frag_align (3, 0, 0);
|
| 4574 |
|
|
p = frag_more (16);
|
| 4575 |
|
|
fixp = fix_new (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 8, 0, 0, 0, 0);
|
| 4576 |
|
|
fixp->fx_done = 1;
|
| 4577 |
|
|
|
| 4578 |
|
|
*p = alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind
|
| 4579 |
|
|
| ((alpha_evax_proc->framereg == 29) ? PDSC_S_M_BASE_REG_IS_FP : 0)
|
| 4580 |
|
|
| ((alpha_evax_proc->handler) ? PDSC_S_M_HANDLER_VALID : 0)
|
| 4581 |
|
|
| ((alpha_evax_proc->handler_data) ? PDSC_S_M_HANDLER_DATA_VALID : 0);
|
| 4582 |
|
|
*(p + 1) = PDSC_S_M_NATIVE | PDSC_S_M_NO_JACKET;
|
| 4583 |
|
|
|
| 4584 |
|
|
switch (alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind)
|
| 4585 |
|
|
{
|
| 4586 |
|
|
case PDSC_S_K_KIND_NULL:
|
| 4587 |
|
|
*(p + 2) = 0;
|
| 4588 |
|
|
*(p + 3) = 0;
|
| 4589 |
|
|
break;
|
| 4590 |
|
|
case PDSC_S_K_KIND_FP_REGISTER:
|
| 4591 |
|
|
*(p + 2) = alpha_evax_proc->fp_save;
|
| 4592 |
|
|
*(p + 3) = alpha_evax_proc->ra_save;
|
| 4593 |
|
|
break;
|
| 4594 |
|
|
case PDSC_S_K_KIND_FP_STACK:
|
| 4595 |
|
|
md_number_to_chars (p + 2, (valueT) alpha_evax_proc->rsa_offset, 2);
|
| 4596 |
|
|
break;
|
| 4597 |
|
|
default: /* impossible */
|
| 4598 |
|
|
break;
|
| 4599 |
|
|
}
|
| 4600 |
|
|
|
| 4601 |
|
|
*(p + 4) = 0;
|
| 4602 |
|
|
*(p + 5) = alpha_evax_proc->type & 0x0f;
|
| 4603 |
|
|
|
| 4604 |
|
|
/* Signature offset. */
|
| 4605 |
|
|
md_number_to_chars (p + 6, (valueT) 0, 2);
|
| 4606 |
|
|
|
| 4607 |
160 |
khays |
fix_new_exp (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal + 8,
|
| 4608 |
|
|
8, &exp, 0, BFD_RELOC_64);
|
| 4609 |
16 |
khays |
|
| 4610 |
|
|
if (alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind == PDSC_S_K_KIND_NULL)
|
| 4611 |
|
|
return;
|
| 4612 |
|
|
|
| 4613 |
160 |
khays |
/* pdesc+16: Size. */
|
| 4614 |
16 |
khays |
p = frag_more (6);
|
| 4615 |
|
|
md_number_to_chars (p, (valueT) alpha_evax_proc->framesize, 4);
|
| 4616 |
|
|
md_number_to_chars (p + 4, (valueT) 0, 2);
|
| 4617 |
|
|
|
| 4618 |
|
|
/* Entry length. */
|
| 4619 |
|
|
exp.X_op = O_subtract;
|
| 4620 |
|
|
exp.X_add_symbol = alpha_prologue_label;
|
| 4621 |
|
|
exp.X_op_symbol = entry_sym;
|
| 4622 |
|
|
emit_expr (&exp, 2);
|
| 4623 |
|
|
|
| 4624 |
|
|
if (alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind == PDSC_S_K_KIND_FP_REGISTER)
|
| 4625 |
|
|
return;
|
| 4626 |
|
|
|
| 4627 |
160 |
khays |
/* pdesc+24: register masks. */
|
| 4628 |
16 |
khays |
p = frag_more (8);
|
| 4629 |
|
|
md_number_to_chars (p, alpha_evax_proc->imask, 4);
|
| 4630 |
|
|
md_number_to_chars (p + 4, alpha_evax_proc->fmask, 4);
|
| 4631 |
|
|
|
| 4632 |
|
|
if (alpha_evax_proc->handler)
|
| 4633 |
|
|
{
|
| 4634 |
|
|
p = frag_more (8);
|
| 4635 |
|
|
fixp = fix_new (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 8,
|
| 4636 |
|
|
alpha_evax_proc->handler, 0, 0, BFD_RELOC_64);
|
| 4637 |
|
|
}
|
| 4638 |
|
|
|
| 4639 |
|
|
if (alpha_evax_proc->handler_data)
|
| 4640 |
|
|
{
|
| 4641 |
|
|
p = frag_more (8);
|
| 4642 |
|
|
md_number_to_chars (p, alpha_evax_proc->handler_data, 8);
|
| 4643 |
|
|
}
|
| 4644 |
|
|
}
|
| 4645 |
|
|
|
| 4646 |
|
|
/* Support for crash debug on vms. */
|
| 4647 |
|
|
|
| 4648 |
|
|
static void
|
| 4649 |
|
|
s_alpha_name (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 4650 |
|
|
{
|
| 4651 |
|
|
char *p;
|
| 4652 |
|
|
expressionS exp;
|
| 4653 |
|
|
|
| 4654 |
|
|
if (now_seg != alpha_link_section)
|
| 4655 |
|
|
{
|
| 4656 |
|
|
as_bad (_(".name directive not in link (.link) section"));
|
| 4657 |
|
|
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
| 4658 |
|
|
return;
|
| 4659 |
|
|
}
|
| 4660 |
|
|
|
| 4661 |
|
|
expression (&exp);
|
| 4662 |
|
|
if (exp.X_op != O_symbol)
|
| 4663 |
|
|
{
|
| 4664 |
|
|
as_warn (_(".name directive has no symbol"));
|
| 4665 |
|
|
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
| 4666 |
|
|
return;
|
| 4667 |
|
|
}
|
| 4668 |
|
|
|
| 4669 |
|
|
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
| 4670 |
|
|
|
| 4671 |
|
|
#ifdef md_flush_pending_output
|
| 4672 |
|
|
md_flush_pending_output ();
|
| 4673 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 4674 |
|
|
|
| 4675 |
|
|
frag_align (3, 0, 0);
|
| 4676 |
|
|
p = frag_more (8);
|
| 4677 |
|
|
|
| 4678 |
|
|
fix_new_exp (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 8, &exp, 0, BFD_RELOC_64);
|
| 4679 |
|
|
}
|
| 4680 |
|
|
|
| 4681 |
|
|
/* Parse .linkage <symbol>.
|
| 4682 |
|
|
Create a linkage pair relocation. */
|
| 4683 |
|
|
|
| 4684 |
|
|
static void
|
| 4685 |
|
|
s_alpha_linkage (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 4686 |
|
|
{
|
| 4687 |
|
|
expressionS exp;
|
| 4688 |
|
|
char *p;
|
| 4689 |
|
|
fixS *fixp;
|
| 4690 |
|
|
|
| 4691 |
|
|
#ifdef md_flush_pending_output
|
| 4692 |
|
|
md_flush_pending_output ();
|
| 4693 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 4694 |
|
|
|
| 4695 |
|
|
expression (&exp);
|
| 4696 |
|
|
if (exp.X_op != O_symbol)
|
| 4697 |
|
|
{
|
| 4698 |
|
|
as_fatal (_("No symbol after .linkage"));
|
| 4699 |
|
|
}
|
| 4700 |
|
|
else
|
| 4701 |
|
|
{
|
| 4702 |
|
|
struct alpha_linkage_fixups *linkage_fixup;
|
| 4703 |
|
|
|
| 4704 |
|
|
p = frag_more (LKP_S_K_SIZE);
|
| 4705 |
|
|
memset (p, 0, LKP_S_K_SIZE);
|
| 4706 |
|
|
fixp = fix_new_exp
|
| 4707 |
160 |
khays |
(frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, LKP_S_K_SIZE, &exp, 0,
|
| 4708 |
16 |
khays |
BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LINKAGE);
|
| 4709 |
|
|
|
| 4710 |
160 |
khays |
if (alpha_insn_label == NULL)
|
| 4711 |
|
|
alpha_insn_label = symbol_new
|
| 4712 |
|
|
(FAKE_LABEL_NAME, now_seg, (valueT) frag_now_fix (), frag_now);
|
| 4713 |
|
|
|
| 4714 |
|
|
/* Create a linkage element. */
|
| 4715 |
16 |
khays |
linkage_fixup = (struct alpha_linkage_fixups *)
|
| 4716 |
|
|
xmalloc (sizeof (struct alpha_linkage_fixups));
|
| 4717 |
|
|
linkage_fixup->fixp = fixp;
|
| 4718 |
160 |
khays |
linkage_fixup->next = NULL;
|
| 4719 |
16 |
khays |
linkage_fixup->label = alpha_insn_label;
|
| 4720 |
|
|
|
| 4721 |
160 |
khays |
/* Append it to the list. */
|
| 4722 |
|
|
if (alpha_linkage_fixup_root == NULL)
|
| 4723 |
|
|
alpha_linkage_fixup_root = linkage_fixup;
|
| 4724 |
16 |
khays |
else
|
| 4725 |
160 |
khays |
alpha_linkage_fixup_tail->next = linkage_fixup;
|
| 4726 |
|
|
alpha_linkage_fixup_tail = linkage_fixup;
|
| 4727 |
16 |
khays |
}
|
| 4728 |
|
|
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
| 4729 |
|
|
}
|
| 4730 |
|
|
|
| 4731 |
|
|
/* Parse .code_address <symbol>.
|
| 4732 |
|
|
Create a code address relocation. */
|
| 4733 |
|
|
|
| 4734 |
|
|
static void
|
| 4735 |
|
|
s_alpha_code_address (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 4736 |
|
|
{
|
| 4737 |
|
|
expressionS exp;
|
| 4738 |
|
|
char *p;
|
| 4739 |
|
|
|
| 4740 |
|
|
#ifdef md_flush_pending_output
|
| 4741 |
|
|
md_flush_pending_output ();
|
| 4742 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 4743 |
|
|
|
| 4744 |
|
|
expression (&exp);
|
| 4745 |
|
|
if (exp.X_op != O_symbol)
|
| 4746 |
|
|
as_fatal (_("No symbol after .code_address"));
|
| 4747 |
|
|
else
|
| 4748 |
|
|
{
|
| 4749 |
|
|
p = frag_more (8);
|
| 4750 |
|
|
memset (p, 0, 8);
|
| 4751 |
|
|
fix_new_exp (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 8, &exp, 0,\
|
| 4752 |
|
|
BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_CODEADDR);
|
| 4753 |
|
|
}
|
| 4754 |
|
|
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
| 4755 |
|
|
}
|
| 4756 |
|
|
|
| 4757 |
|
|
static void
|
| 4758 |
|
|
s_alpha_fp_save (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 4759 |
|
|
{
|
| 4760 |
|
|
alpha_evax_proc->fp_save = tc_get_register (1);
|
| 4761 |
|
|
|
| 4762 |
|
|
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
| 4763 |
|
|
}
|
| 4764 |
|
|
|
| 4765 |
|
|
static void
|
| 4766 |
|
|
s_alpha_mask (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 4767 |
|
|
{
|
| 4768 |
|
|
long val;
|
| 4769 |
|
|
|
| 4770 |
|
|
if (get_absolute_expression_and_terminator (&val) != ',')
|
| 4771 |
|
|
{
|
| 4772 |
|
|
as_warn (_("Bad .mask directive"));
|
| 4773 |
|
|
--input_line_pointer;
|
| 4774 |
|
|
}
|
| 4775 |
|
|
else
|
| 4776 |
|
|
{
|
| 4777 |
|
|
alpha_evax_proc->imask = val;
|
| 4778 |
|
|
(void) get_absolute_expression ();
|
| 4779 |
|
|
}
|
| 4780 |
|
|
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
| 4781 |
|
|
}
|
| 4782 |
|
|
|
| 4783 |
|
|
static void
|
| 4784 |
|
|
s_alpha_fmask (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 4785 |
|
|
{
|
| 4786 |
|
|
long val;
|
| 4787 |
|
|
|
| 4788 |
|
|
if (get_absolute_expression_and_terminator (&val) != ',')
|
| 4789 |
|
|
{
|
| 4790 |
|
|
as_warn (_("Bad .fmask directive"));
|
| 4791 |
|
|
--input_line_pointer;
|
| 4792 |
|
|
}
|
| 4793 |
|
|
else
|
| 4794 |
|
|
{
|
| 4795 |
|
|
alpha_evax_proc->fmask = val;
|
| 4796 |
|
|
(void) get_absolute_expression ();
|
| 4797 |
|
|
}
|
| 4798 |
|
|
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
| 4799 |
|
|
}
|
| 4800 |
|
|
|
| 4801 |
|
|
static void
|
| 4802 |
|
|
s_alpha_end (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 4803 |
|
|
{
|
| 4804 |
|
|
char c;
|
| 4805 |
|
|
|
| 4806 |
|
|
c = get_symbol_end ();
|
| 4807 |
|
|
*input_line_pointer = c;
|
| 4808 |
|
|
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
| 4809 |
160 |
khays |
alpha_evax_proc = NULL;
|
| 4810 |
16 |
khays |
}
|
| 4811 |
|
|
|
| 4812 |
|
|
static void
|
| 4813 |
|
|
s_alpha_file (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 4814 |
|
|
{
|
| 4815 |
|
|
symbolS *s;
|
| 4816 |
|
|
int length;
|
| 4817 |
|
|
static char case_hack[32];
|
| 4818 |
|
|
|
| 4819 |
|
|
sprintf (case_hack, "<CASE:%01d%01d>",
|
| 4820 |
|
|
alpha_flag_hash_long_names, alpha_flag_show_after_trunc);
|
| 4821 |
|
|
|
| 4822 |
|
|
s = symbol_find_or_make (case_hack);
|
| 4823 |
|
|
symbol_get_bfdsym (s)->flags |= BSF_FILE;
|
| 4824 |
|
|
|
| 4825 |
|
|
get_absolute_expression ();
|
| 4826 |
|
|
s = symbol_find_or_make (demand_copy_string (&length));
|
| 4827 |
|
|
symbol_get_bfdsym (s)->flags |= BSF_FILE;
|
| 4828 |
|
|
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
| 4829 |
|
|
}
|
| 4830 |
|
|
#endif /* OBJ_EVAX */
|
| 4831 |
|
|
|
| 4832 |
|
|
/* Handle the .gprel32 pseudo op. */
|
| 4833 |
|
|
|
| 4834 |
|
|
static void
|
| 4835 |
|
|
s_alpha_gprel32 (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 4836 |
|
|
{
|
| 4837 |
|
|
expressionS e;
|
| 4838 |
|
|
char *p;
|
| 4839 |
|
|
|
| 4840 |
|
|
SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
|
| 4841 |
|
|
expression (&e);
|
| 4842 |
|
|
|
| 4843 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
| 4844 |
|
|
switch (e.X_op)
|
| 4845 |
|
|
{
|
| 4846 |
|
|
case O_constant:
|
| 4847 |
|
|
e.X_add_symbol = section_symbol (absolute_section);
|
| 4848 |
|
|
e.X_op = O_symbol;
|
| 4849 |
|
|
/* FALLTHRU */
|
| 4850 |
|
|
case O_symbol:
|
| 4851 |
|
|
break;
|
| 4852 |
|
|
default:
|
| 4853 |
|
|
abort ();
|
| 4854 |
|
|
}
|
| 4855 |
|
|
#else
|
| 4856 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
|
| 4857 |
|
|
switch (e.X_op)
|
| 4858 |
|
|
{
|
| 4859 |
|
|
case O_constant:
|
| 4860 |
|
|
e.X_add_symbol = section_symbol (absolute_section);
|
| 4861 |
|
|
/* fall through */
|
| 4862 |
|
|
case O_symbol:
|
| 4863 |
|
|
e.X_op = O_subtract;
|
| 4864 |
|
|
e.X_op_symbol = alpha_gp_symbol;
|
| 4865 |
|
|
break;
|
| 4866 |
|
|
default:
|
| 4867 |
|
|
abort ();
|
| 4868 |
|
|
}
|
| 4869 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 4870 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 4871 |
|
|
|
| 4872 |
|
|
if (alpha_auto_align_on && alpha_current_align < 2)
|
| 4873 |
|
|
alpha_align (2, (char *) NULL, alpha_insn_label, 0);
|
| 4874 |
|
|
if (alpha_current_align > 2)
|
| 4875 |
|
|
alpha_current_align = 2;
|
| 4876 |
|
|
alpha_insn_label = NULL;
|
| 4877 |
|
|
|
| 4878 |
|
|
p = frag_more (4);
|
| 4879 |
|
|
memset (p, 0, 4);
|
| 4880 |
|
|
fix_new_exp (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
|
| 4881 |
|
|
&e, 0, BFD_RELOC_GPREL32);
|
| 4882 |
|
|
}
|
| 4883 |
|
|
|
| 4884 |
|
|
/* Handle floating point allocation pseudo-ops. This is like the
|
| 4885 |
|
|
generic vresion, but it makes sure the current label, if any, is
|
| 4886 |
|
|
correctly aligned. */
|
| 4887 |
|
|
|
| 4888 |
|
|
static void
|
| 4889 |
|
|
s_alpha_float_cons (int type)
|
| 4890 |
|
|
{
|
| 4891 |
|
|
int log_size;
|
| 4892 |
|
|
|
| 4893 |
|
|
switch (type)
|
| 4894 |
|
|
{
|
| 4895 |
|
|
default:
|
| 4896 |
|
|
case 'f':
|
| 4897 |
|
|
case 'F':
|
| 4898 |
|
|
log_size = 2;
|
| 4899 |
|
|
break;
|
| 4900 |
|
|
|
| 4901 |
|
|
case 'd':
|
| 4902 |
|
|
case 'D':
|
| 4903 |
|
|
case 'G':
|
| 4904 |
|
|
log_size = 3;
|
| 4905 |
|
|
break;
|
| 4906 |
|
|
|
| 4907 |
|
|
case 'x':
|
| 4908 |
|
|
case 'X':
|
| 4909 |
|
|
case 'p':
|
| 4910 |
|
|
case 'P':
|
| 4911 |
|
|
log_size = 4;
|
| 4912 |
|
|
break;
|
| 4913 |
|
|
}
|
| 4914 |
|
|
|
| 4915 |
|
|
if (alpha_auto_align_on && alpha_current_align < log_size)
|
| 4916 |
|
|
alpha_align (log_size, (char *) NULL, alpha_insn_label, 0);
|
| 4917 |
|
|
if (alpha_current_align > log_size)
|
| 4918 |
|
|
alpha_current_align = log_size;
|
| 4919 |
|
|
alpha_insn_label = NULL;
|
| 4920 |
|
|
|
| 4921 |
|
|
float_cons (type);
|
| 4922 |
|
|
}
|
| 4923 |
|
|
|
| 4924 |
|
|
/* Handle the .proc pseudo op. We don't really do much with it except
|
| 4925 |
|
|
parse it. */
|
| 4926 |
|
|
|
| 4927 |
|
|
static void
|
| 4928 |
|
|
s_alpha_proc (int is_static ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 4929 |
|
|
{
|
| 4930 |
|
|
char *name;
|
| 4931 |
|
|
char c;
|
| 4932 |
|
|
char *p;
|
| 4933 |
|
|
symbolS *symbolP;
|
| 4934 |
|
|
int temp;
|
| 4935 |
|
|
|
| 4936 |
|
|
/* Takes ".proc name,nargs". */
|
| 4937 |
|
|
SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
|
| 4938 |
|
|
name = input_line_pointer;
|
| 4939 |
|
|
c = get_symbol_end ();
|
| 4940 |
|
|
p = input_line_pointer;
|
| 4941 |
|
|
symbolP = symbol_find_or_make (name);
|
| 4942 |
|
|
*p = c;
|
| 4943 |
|
|
SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
|
| 4944 |
|
|
if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
|
| 4945 |
|
|
{
|
| 4946 |
|
|
*p = 0;
|
| 4947 |
|
|
as_warn (_("Expected comma after name \"%s\""), name);
|
| 4948 |
|
|
*p = c;
|
| 4949 |
|
|
temp = 0;
|
| 4950 |
|
|
ignore_rest_of_line ();
|
| 4951 |
|
|
}
|
| 4952 |
|
|
else
|
| 4953 |
|
|
{
|
| 4954 |
|
|
input_line_pointer++;
|
| 4955 |
|
|
temp = get_absolute_expression ();
|
| 4956 |
|
|
}
|
| 4957 |
|
|
/* *symbol_get_obj (symbolP) = (signed char) temp; */
|
| 4958 |
|
|
(void) symbolP;
|
| 4959 |
|
|
as_warn (_("unhandled: .proc %s,%d"), name, temp);
|
| 4960 |
|
|
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
| 4961 |
|
|
}
|
| 4962 |
|
|
|
| 4963 |
|
|
/* Handle the .set pseudo op. This is used to turn on and off most of
|
| 4964 |
|
|
the assembler features. */
|
| 4965 |
|
|
|
| 4966 |
|
|
static void
|
| 4967 |
|
|
s_alpha_set (int x ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 4968 |
|
|
{
|
| 4969 |
|
|
char *name, ch, *s;
|
| 4970 |
|
|
int yesno = 1;
|
| 4971 |
|
|
|
| 4972 |
|
|
SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
|
| 4973 |
|
|
name = input_line_pointer;
|
| 4974 |
|
|
ch = get_symbol_end ();
|
| 4975 |
|
|
|
| 4976 |
|
|
s = name;
|
| 4977 |
|
|
if (s[0] == 'n' && s[1] == 'o')
|
| 4978 |
|
|
{
|
| 4979 |
|
|
yesno = 0;
|
| 4980 |
|
|
s += 2;
|
| 4981 |
|
|
}
|
| 4982 |
|
|
if (!strcmp ("reorder", s))
|
| 4983 |
|
|
/* ignore */ ;
|
| 4984 |
|
|
else if (!strcmp ("at", s))
|
| 4985 |
|
|
alpha_noat_on = !yesno;
|
| 4986 |
|
|
else if (!strcmp ("macro", s))
|
| 4987 |
|
|
alpha_macros_on = yesno;
|
| 4988 |
|
|
else if (!strcmp ("move", s))
|
| 4989 |
|
|
/* ignore */ ;
|
| 4990 |
|
|
else if (!strcmp ("volatile", s))
|
| 4991 |
|
|
/* ignore */ ;
|
| 4992 |
|
|
else
|
| 4993 |
|
|
as_warn (_("Tried to .set unrecognized mode `%s'"), name);
|
| 4994 |
|
|
|
| 4995 |
|
|
*input_line_pointer = ch;
|
| 4996 |
|
|
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
| 4997 |
|
|
}
|
| 4998 |
|
|
|
| 4999 |
|
|
/* Handle the .base pseudo op. This changes the assembler's notion of
|
| 5000 |
|
|
the $gp register. */
|
| 5001 |
|
|
|
| 5002 |
|
|
static void
|
| 5003 |
|
|
s_alpha_base (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 5004 |
|
|
{
|
| 5005 |
|
|
SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
|
| 5006 |
|
|
|
| 5007 |
|
|
if (*input_line_pointer == '$')
|
| 5008 |
|
|
{
|
| 5009 |
|
|
/* $rNN form. */
|
| 5010 |
|
|
input_line_pointer++;
|
| 5011 |
|
|
if (*input_line_pointer == 'r')
|
| 5012 |
|
|
input_line_pointer++;
|
| 5013 |
|
|
}
|
| 5014 |
|
|
|
| 5015 |
|
|
alpha_gp_register = get_absolute_expression ();
|
| 5016 |
|
|
if (alpha_gp_register < 0 || alpha_gp_register > 31)
|
| 5017 |
|
|
{
|
| 5018 |
|
|
alpha_gp_register = AXP_REG_GP;
|
| 5019 |
|
|
as_warn (_("Bad base register, using $%d."), alpha_gp_register);
|
| 5020 |
|
|
}
|
| 5021 |
|
|
|
| 5022 |
|
|
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
| 5023 |
|
|
}
|
| 5024 |
|
|
|
| 5025 |
|
|
/* Handle the .align pseudo-op. This aligns to a power of two. It
|
| 5026 |
|
|
also adjusts any current instruction label. We treat this the same
|
| 5027 |
|
|
way the MIPS port does: .align 0 turns off auto alignment. */
|
| 5028 |
|
|
|
| 5029 |
|
|
static void
|
| 5030 |
|
|
s_alpha_align (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 5031 |
|
|
{
|
| 5032 |
|
|
int align;
|
| 5033 |
|
|
char fill, *pfill;
|
| 5034 |
|
|
long max_alignment = 16;
|
| 5035 |
|
|
|
| 5036 |
|
|
align = get_absolute_expression ();
|
| 5037 |
|
|
if (align > max_alignment)
|
| 5038 |
|
|
{
|
| 5039 |
|
|
align = max_alignment;
|
| 5040 |
|
|
as_bad (_("Alignment too large: %d. assumed"), align);
|
| 5041 |
|
|
}
|
| 5042 |
|
|
else if (align < 0)
|
| 5043 |
|
|
{
|
| 5044 |
|
|
as_warn (_("Alignment negative: 0 assumed"));
|
| 5045 |
|
|
align = 0;
|
| 5046 |
|
|
}
|
| 5047 |
|
|
|
| 5048 |
|
|
if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
|
| 5049 |
|
|
{
|
| 5050 |
|
|
input_line_pointer++;
|
| 5051 |
|
|
fill = get_absolute_expression ();
|
| 5052 |
|
|
pfill = &fill;
|
| 5053 |
|
|
}
|
| 5054 |
|
|
else
|
| 5055 |
|
|
pfill = NULL;
|
| 5056 |
|
|
|
| 5057 |
|
|
if (align != 0)
|
| 5058 |
|
|
{
|
| 5059 |
|
|
alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
|
| 5060 |
|
|
alpha_align (align, pfill, NULL, 1);
|
| 5061 |
|
|
}
|
| 5062 |
|
|
else
|
| 5063 |
|
|
{
|
| 5064 |
|
|
alpha_auto_align_on = 0;
|
| 5065 |
|
|
}
|
| 5066 |
|
|
alpha_insn_label = NULL;
|
| 5067 |
|
|
|
| 5068 |
|
|
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
| 5069 |
|
|
}
|
| 5070 |
|
|
|
| 5071 |
|
|
/* Hook the normal string processor to reset known alignment. */
|
| 5072 |
|
|
|
| 5073 |
|
|
static void
|
| 5074 |
|
|
s_alpha_stringer (int terminate)
|
| 5075 |
|
|
{
|
| 5076 |
|
|
alpha_current_align = 0;
|
| 5077 |
|
|
alpha_insn_label = NULL;
|
| 5078 |
|
|
stringer (8 + terminate);
|
| 5079 |
|
|
}
|
| 5080 |
|
|
|
| 5081 |
|
|
/* Hook the normal space processing to reset known alignment. */
|
| 5082 |
|
|
|
| 5083 |
|
|
static void
|
| 5084 |
|
|
s_alpha_space (int ignore)
|
| 5085 |
|
|
{
|
| 5086 |
|
|
alpha_current_align = 0;
|
| 5087 |
|
|
alpha_insn_label = NULL;
|
| 5088 |
|
|
s_space (ignore);
|
| 5089 |
|
|
}
|
| 5090 |
|
|
|
| 5091 |
|
|
/* Hook into cons for auto-alignment. */
|
| 5092 |
|
|
|
| 5093 |
|
|
void
|
| 5094 |
|
|
alpha_cons_align (int size)
|
| 5095 |
|
|
{
|
| 5096 |
|
|
int log_size;
|
| 5097 |
|
|
|
| 5098 |
|
|
log_size = 0;
|
| 5099 |
|
|
while ((size >>= 1) != 0)
|
| 5100 |
|
|
++log_size;
|
| 5101 |
|
|
|
| 5102 |
|
|
if (alpha_auto_align_on && alpha_current_align < log_size)
|
| 5103 |
|
|
alpha_align (log_size, (char *) NULL, alpha_insn_label, 0);
|
| 5104 |
|
|
if (alpha_current_align > log_size)
|
| 5105 |
|
|
alpha_current_align = log_size;
|
| 5106 |
|
|
alpha_insn_label = NULL;
|
| 5107 |
|
|
}
|
| 5108 |
|
|
|
| 5109 |
|
|
/* Here come the .uword, .ulong, and .uquad explicitly unaligned
|
| 5110 |
|
|
pseudos. We just turn off auto-alignment and call down to cons. */
|
| 5111 |
|
|
|
| 5112 |
|
|
static void
|
| 5113 |
|
|
s_alpha_ucons (int bytes)
|
| 5114 |
|
|
{
|
| 5115 |
|
|
int hold = alpha_auto_align_on;
|
| 5116 |
|
|
alpha_auto_align_on = 0;
|
| 5117 |
|
|
cons (bytes);
|
| 5118 |
|
|
alpha_auto_align_on = hold;
|
| 5119 |
|
|
}
|
| 5120 |
|
|
|
| 5121 |
|
|
/* Switch the working cpu type. */
|
| 5122 |
|
|
|
| 5123 |
|
|
static void
|
| 5124 |
|
|
s_alpha_arch (int ignored ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 5125 |
|
|
{
|
| 5126 |
|
|
char *name, ch;
|
| 5127 |
|
|
const struct cpu_type *p;
|
| 5128 |
|
|
|
| 5129 |
|
|
SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
|
| 5130 |
|
|
name = input_line_pointer;
|
| 5131 |
|
|
ch = get_symbol_end ();
|
| 5132 |
|
|
|
| 5133 |
|
|
for (p = cpu_types; p->name; ++p)
|
| 5134 |
|
|
if (strcmp (name, p->name) == 0)
|
| 5135 |
|
|
{
|
| 5136 |
|
|
alpha_target_name = p->name, alpha_target = p->flags;
|
| 5137 |
|
|
goto found;
|
| 5138 |
|
|
}
|
| 5139 |
|
|
as_warn (_("Unknown CPU identifier `%s'"), name);
|
| 5140 |
|
|
|
| 5141 |
|
|
found:
|
| 5142 |
|
|
*input_line_pointer = ch;
|
| 5143 |
|
|
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
| 5144 |
|
|
}
|
| 5145 |
|
|
|
| 5146 |
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG1
|
| 5147 |
|
|
/* print token expression with alpha specific extension. */
|
| 5148 |
|
|
|
| 5149 |
|
|
static void
|
| 5150 |
|
|
alpha_print_token (FILE *f, const expressionS *exp)
|
| 5151 |
|
|
{
|
| 5152 |
|
|
switch (exp->X_op)
|
| 5153 |
|
|
{
|
| 5154 |
|
|
case O_cpregister:
|
| 5155 |
|
|
putc (',', f);
|
| 5156 |
|
|
/* FALLTHRU */
|
| 5157 |
|
|
case O_pregister:
|
| 5158 |
|
|
putc ('(', f);
|
| 5159 |
|
|
{
|
| 5160 |
|
|
expressionS nexp = *exp;
|
| 5161 |
|
|
nexp.X_op = O_register;
|
| 5162 |
|
|
print_expr_1 (f, &nexp);
|
| 5163 |
|
|
}
|
| 5164 |
|
|
putc (')', f);
|
| 5165 |
|
|
break;
|
| 5166 |
|
|
default:
|
| 5167 |
|
|
print_expr_1 (f, exp);
|
| 5168 |
|
|
break;
|
| 5169 |
|
|
}
|
| 5170 |
|
|
}
|
| 5171 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 5172 |
|
|
|
| 5173 |
|
|
/* The target specific pseudo-ops which we support. */
|
| 5174 |
|
|
|
| 5175 |
|
|
const pseudo_typeS md_pseudo_table[] =
|
| 5176 |
|
|
{
|
| 5177 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
|
| 5178 |
|
|
{"comm", s_alpha_comm, 0}, /* OSF1 compiler does this. */
|
| 5179 |
|
|
{"rdata", s_alpha_rdata, 0},
|
| 5180 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 5181 |
|
|
{"text", s_alpha_text, 0},
|
| 5182 |
|
|
{"data", s_alpha_data, 0},
|
| 5183 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
|
| 5184 |
|
|
{"sdata", s_alpha_sdata, 0},
|
| 5185 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 5186 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
| 5187 |
|
|
{"section", s_alpha_section, 0},
|
| 5188 |
|
|
{"section.s", s_alpha_section, 0},
|
| 5189 |
|
|
{"sect", s_alpha_section, 0},
|
| 5190 |
|
|
{"sect.s", s_alpha_section, 0},
|
| 5191 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 5192 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_EVAX
|
| 5193 |
|
|
{"section", s_alpha_section, 0},
|
| 5194 |
|
|
{"literals", s_alpha_literals, 0},
|
| 5195 |
|
|
{"pdesc", s_alpha_pdesc, 0},
|
| 5196 |
|
|
{"name", s_alpha_name, 0},
|
| 5197 |
|
|
{"linkage", s_alpha_linkage, 0},
|
| 5198 |
|
|
{"code_address", s_alpha_code_address, 0},
|
| 5199 |
|
|
{"ent", s_alpha_ent, 0},
|
| 5200 |
|
|
{"frame", s_alpha_frame, 0},
|
| 5201 |
|
|
{"fp_save", s_alpha_fp_save, 0},
|
| 5202 |
|
|
{"mask", s_alpha_mask, 0},
|
| 5203 |
|
|
{"fmask", s_alpha_fmask, 0},
|
| 5204 |
|
|
{"end", s_alpha_end, 0},
|
| 5205 |
|
|
{"file", s_alpha_file, 0},
|
| 5206 |
|
|
{"rdata", s_alpha_section, 1},
|
| 5207 |
|
|
{"comm", s_alpha_comm, 0},
|
| 5208 |
|
|
{"link", s_alpha_section, 3},
|
| 5209 |
|
|
{"ctors", s_alpha_section, 4},
|
| 5210 |
|
|
{"dtors", s_alpha_section, 5},
|
| 5211 |
|
|
{"handler", s_alpha_handler, 0},
|
| 5212 |
|
|
{"handler_data", s_alpha_handler, 1},
|
| 5213 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 5214 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
| 5215 |
|
|
/* Frame related pseudos. */
|
| 5216 |
|
|
{"ent", s_alpha_ent, 0},
|
| 5217 |
|
|
{"end", s_alpha_end, 0},
|
| 5218 |
|
|
{"mask", s_alpha_mask, 0},
|
| 5219 |
|
|
{"fmask", s_alpha_mask, 1},
|
| 5220 |
|
|
{"frame", s_alpha_frame, 0},
|
| 5221 |
|
|
{"prologue", s_alpha_prologue, 0},
|
| 5222 |
|
|
{"file", s_alpha_file, 5},
|
| 5223 |
|
|
{"loc", s_alpha_loc, 9},
|
| 5224 |
|
|
{"stabs", s_alpha_stab, 's'},
|
| 5225 |
|
|
{"stabn", s_alpha_stab, 'n'},
|
| 5226 |
|
|
{"usepv", s_alpha_usepv, 0},
|
| 5227 |
|
|
/* COFF debugging related pseudos. */
|
| 5228 |
|
|
{"begin", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 0},
|
| 5229 |
|
|
{"bend", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 1},
|
| 5230 |
|
|
{"def", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 2},
|
| 5231 |
|
|
{"dim", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 3},
|
| 5232 |
|
|
{"endef", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 4},
|
| 5233 |
|
|
{"scl", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 5},
|
| 5234 |
|
|
{"tag", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 6},
|
| 5235 |
|
|
{"val", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 7},
|
| 5236 |
|
|
#else
|
| 5237 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_EVAX
|
| 5238 |
|
|
{"prologue", s_alpha_prologue, 0},
|
| 5239 |
|
|
#else
|
| 5240 |
|
|
{"prologue", s_ignore, 0},
|
| 5241 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 5242 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 5243 |
|
|
{"gprel32", s_alpha_gprel32, 0},
|
| 5244 |
|
|
{"t_floating", s_alpha_float_cons, 'd'},
|
| 5245 |
|
|
{"s_floating", s_alpha_float_cons, 'f'},
|
| 5246 |
|
|
{"f_floating", s_alpha_float_cons, 'F'},
|
| 5247 |
|
|
{"g_floating", s_alpha_float_cons, 'G'},
|
| 5248 |
|
|
{"d_floating", s_alpha_float_cons, 'D'},
|
| 5249 |
|
|
|
| 5250 |
|
|
{"proc", s_alpha_proc, 0},
|
| 5251 |
|
|
{"aproc", s_alpha_proc, 1},
|
| 5252 |
|
|
{"set", s_alpha_set, 0},
|
| 5253 |
|
|
{"reguse", s_ignore, 0},
|
| 5254 |
|
|
{"livereg", s_ignore, 0},
|
| 5255 |
|
|
{"base", s_alpha_base, 0}, /*??*/
|
| 5256 |
|
|
{"option", s_ignore, 0},
|
| 5257 |
|
|
{"aent", s_ignore, 0},
|
| 5258 |
|
|
{"ugen", s_ignore, 0},
|
| 5259 |
|
|
{"eflag", s_ignore, 0},
|
| 5260 |
|
|
|
| 5261 |
|
|
{"align", s_alpha_align, 0},
|
| 5262 |
|
|
{"double", s_alpha_float_cons, 'd'},
|
| 5263 |
|
|
{"float", s_alpha_float_cons, 'f'},
|
| 5264 |
|
|
{"single", s_alpha_float_cons, 'f'},
|
| 5265 |
|
|
{"ascii", s_alpha_stringer, 0},
|
| 5266 |
|
|
{"asciz", s_alpha_stringer, 1},
|
| 5267 |
|
|
{"string", s_alpha_stringer, 1},
|
| 5268 |
|
|
{"space", s_alpha_space, 0},
|
| 5269 |
|
|
{"skip", s_alpha_space, 0},
|
| 5270 |
|
|
{"zero", s_alpha_space, 0},
|
| 5271 |
|
|
|
| 5272 |
|
|
/* Unaligned data pseudos. */
|
| 5273 |
|
|
{"uword", s_alpha_ucons, 2},
|
| 5274 |
|
|
{"ulong", s_alpha_ucons, 4},
|
| 5275 |
|
|
{"uquad", s_alpha_ucons, 8},
|
| 5276 |
|
|
|
| 5277 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
| 5278 |
|
|
/* Dwarf wants these versions of unaligned. */
|
| 5279 |
|
|
{"2byte", s_alpha_ucons, 2},
|
| 5280 |
|
|
{"4byte", s_alpha_ucons, 4},
|
| 5281 |
|
|
{"8byte", s_alpha_ucons, 8},
|
| 5282 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 5283 |
|
|
|
| 5284 |
|
|
/* We don't do any optimizing, so we can safely ignore these. */
|
| 5285 |
|
|
{"noalias", s_ignore, 0},
|
| 5286 |
|
|
{"alias", s_ignore, 0},
|
| 5287 |
|
|
|
| 5288 |
|
|
{"arch", s_alpha_arch, 0},
|
| 5289 |
|
|
|
| 5290 |
|
|
{NULL, 0, 0},
|
| 5291 |
|
|
};
|
| 5292 |
|
|
|
| 5293 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
|
| 5294 |
|
|
|
| 5295 |
|
|
/* @@@ GP selection voodoo. All of this seems overly complicated and
|
| 5296 |
|
|
unnecessary; which is the primary reason it's for ECOFF only. */
|
| 5297 |
|
|
|
| 5298 |
|
|
static inline void
|
| 5299 |
|
|
maybe_set_gp (asection *sec)
|
| 5300 |
|
|
{
|
| 5301 |
|
|
bfd_vma vma;
|
| 5302 |
|
|
|
| 5303 |
|
|
if (!sec)
|
| 5304 |
|
|
return;
|
| 5305 |
|
|
vma = bfd_get_section_vma (foo, sec);
|
| 5306 |
|
|
if (vma && vma < alpha_gp_value)
|
| 5307 |
|
|
alpha_gp_value = vma;
|
| 5308 |
|
|
}
|
| 5309 |
|
|
|
| 5310 |
|
|
static void
|
| 5311 |
|
|
select_gp_value (void)
|
| 5312 |
|
|
{
|
| 5313 |
|
|
gas_assert (alpha_gp_value == 0);
|
| 5314 |
|
|
|
| 5315 |
|
|
/* Get minus-one in whatever width... */
|
| 5316 |
|
|
alpha_gp_value = 0;
|
| 5317 |
|
|
alpha_gp_value--;
|
| 5318 |
|
|
|
| 5319 |
|
|
/* Select the smallest VMA of these existing sections. */
|
| 5320 |
|
|
maybe_set_gp (alpha_lita_section);
|
| 5321 |
|
|
|
| 5322 |
|
|
/* @@ Will a simple 0x8000 work here? If not, why not? */
|
| 5323 |
|
|
#define GP_ADJUSTMENT (0x8000 - 0x10)
|
| 5324 |
|
|
|
| 5325 |
|
|
alpha_gp_value += GP_ADJUSTMENT;
|
| 5326 |
|
|
|
| 5327 |
|
|
S_SET_VALUE (alpha_gp_symbol, alpha_gp_value);
|
| 5328 |
|
|
|
| 5329 |
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG1
|
| 5330 |
|
|
printf (_("Chose GP value of %lx\n"), alpha_gp_value);
|
| 5331 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 5332 |
|
|
}
|
| 5333 |
|
|
#endif /* OBJ_ECOFF */
|
| 5334 |
|
|
|
| 5335 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
| 5336 |
|
|
/* Map 's' to SHF_ALPHA_GPREL. */
|
| 5337 |
|
|
|
| 5338 |
|
|
bfd_vma
|
| 5339 |
|
|
alpha_elf_section_letter (int letter, char **ptr_msg)
|
| 5340 |
|
|
{
|
| 5341 |
|
|
if (letter == 's')
|
| 5342 |
|
|
return SHF_ALPHA_GPREL;
|
| 5343 |
|
|
|
| 5344 |
|
|
*ptr_msg = _("bad .section directive: want a,s,w,x,M,S,G,T in string");
|
| 5345 |
|
|
return -1;
|
| 5346 |
|
|
}
|
| 5347 |
|
|
|
| 5348 |
|
|
/* Map SHF_ALPHA_GPREL to SEC_SMALL_DATA. */
|
| 5349 |
|
|
|
| 5350 |
|
|
flagword
|
| 5351 |
|
|
alpha_elf_section_flags (flagword flags, bfd_vma attr, int type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 5352 |
|
|
{
|
| 5353 |
|
|
if (attr & SHF_ALPHA_GPREL)
|
| 5354 |
|
|
flags |= SEC_SMALL_DATA;
|
| 5355 |
|
|
return flags;
|
| 5356 |
|
|
}
|
| 5357 |
|
|
#endif /* OBJ_ELF */
|
| 5358 |
|
|
|
| 5359 |
|
|
/* This is called from HANDLE_ALIGN in write.c. Fill in the contents
|
| 5360 |
|
|
of an rs_align_code fragment. */
|
| 5361 |
|
|
|
| 5362 |
|
|
void
|
| 5363 |
|
|
alpha_handle_align (fragS *fragp)
|
| 5364 |
|
|
{
|
| 5365 |
|
|
static char const unop[4] = { 0x00, 0x00, 0xfe, 0x2f };
|
| 5366 |
|
|
static char const nopunop[8] =
|
| 5367 |
|
|
{
|
| 5368 |
|
|
0x1f, 0x04, 0xff, 0x47,
|
| 5369 |
|
|
0x00, 0x00, 0xfe, 0x2f
|
| 5370 |
|
|
};
|
| 5371 |
|
|
|
| 5372 |
|
|
int bytes, fix;
|
| 5373 |
|
|
char *p;
|
| 5374 |
|
|
|
| 5375 |
|
|
if (fragp->fr_type != rs_align_code)
|
| 5376 |
|
|
return;
|
| 5377 |
|
|
|
| 5378 |
|
|
bytes = fragp->fr_next->fr_address - fragp->fr_address - fragp->fr_fix;
|
| 5379 |
|
|
p = fragp->fr_literal + fragp->fr_fix;
|
| 5380 |
|
|
fix = 0;
|
| 5381 |
|
|
|
| 5382 |
|
|
if (bytes & 3)
|
| 5383 |
|
|
{
|
| 5384 |
|
|
fix = bytes & 3;
|
| 5385 |
|
|
memset (p, 0, fix);
|
| 5386 |
|
|
p += fix;
|
| 5387 |
|
|
bytes -= fix;
|
| 5388 |
|
|
}
|
| 5389 |
|
|
|
| 5390 |
|
|
if (bytes & 4)
|
| 5391 |
|
|
{
|
| 5392 |
|
|
memcpy (p, unop, 4);
|
| 5393 |
|
|
p += 4;
|
| 5394 |
|
|
bytes -= 4;
|
| 5395 |
|
|
fix += 4;
|
| 5396 |
|
|
}
|
| 5397 |
|
|
|
| 5398 |
|
|
memcpy (p, nopunop, 8);
|
| 5399 |
|
|
|
| 5400 |
|
|
fragp->fr_fix += fix;
|
| 5401 |
|
|
fragp->fr_var = 8;
|
| 5402 |
|
|
}
|
| 5403 |
|
|
|
| 5404 |
|
|
/* Public interface functions. */
|
| 5405 |
|
|
|
| 5406 |
|
|
/* This function is called once, at assembler startup time. It sets
|
| 5407 |
|
|
up all the tables, etc. that the MD part of the assembler will
|
| 5408 |
|
|
need, that can be determined before arguments are parsed. */
|
| 5409 |
|
|
|
| 5410 |
|
|
void
|
| 5411 |
|
|
md_begin (void)
|
| 5412 |
|
|
{
|
| 5413 |
|
|
unsigned int i;
|
| 5414 |
|
|
|
| 5415 |
|
|
/* Verify that X_op field is wide enough. */
|
| 5416 |
|
|
{
|
| 5417 |
|
|
expressionS e;
|
| 5418 |
|
|
|
| 5419 |
|
|
e.X_op = O_max;
|
| 5420 |
|
|
gas_assert (e.X_op == O_max);
|
| 5421 |
|
|
}
|
| 5422 |
|
|
|
| 5423 |
|
|
/* Create the opcode hash table. */
|
| 5424 |
|
|
alpha_opcode_hash = hash_new ();
|
| 5425 |
|
|
|
| 5426 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < alpha_num_opcodes;)
|
| 5427 |
|
|
{
|
| 5428 |
|
|
const char *name, *retval, *slash;
|
| 5429 |
|
|
|
| 5430 |
|
|
name = alpha_opcodes[i].name;
|
| 5431 |
|
|
retval = hash_insert (alpha_opcode_hash, name, (void *) &alpha_opcodes[i]);
|
| 5432 |
|
|
if (retval)
|
| 5433 |
|
|
as_fatal (_("internal error: can't hash opcode `%s': %s"),
|
| 5434 |
|
|
name, retval);
|
| 5435 |
|
|
|
| 5436 |
|
|
/* Some opcodes include modifiers of various sorts with a "/mod"
|
| 5437 |
|
|
syntax, like the architecture manual suggests. However, for
|
| 5438 |
|
|
use with gcc at least, we also need access to those same opcodes
|
| 5439 |
|
|
without the "/". */
|
| 5440 |
|
|
|
| 5441 |
|
|
if ((slash = strchr (name, '/')) != NULL)
|
| 5442 |
|
|
{
|
| 5443 |
|
|
char *p = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name));
|
| 5444 |
|
|
|
| 5445 |
|
|
memcpy (p, name, slash - name);
|
| 5446 |
|
|
strcpy (p + (slash - name), slash + 1);
|
| 5447 |
|
|
|
| 5448 |
|
|
(void) hash_insert (alpha_opcode_hash, p, (void *) &alpha_opcodes[i]);
|
| 5449 |
|
|
/* Ignore failures -- the opcode table does duplicate some
|
| 5450 |
|
|
variants in different forms, like "hw_stq" and "hw_st/q". */
|
| 5451 |
|
|
}
|
| 5452 |
|
|
|
| 5453 |
|
|
while (++i < alpha_num_opcodes
|
| 5454 |
|
|
&& (alpha_opcodes[i].name == name
|
| 5455 |
|
|
|| !strcmp (alpha_opcodes[i].name, name)))
|
| 5456 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 5457 |
|
|
}
|
| 5458 |
|
|
|
| 5459 |
|
|
/* Create the macro hash table. */
|
| 5460 |
|
|
alpha_macro_hash = hash_new ();
|
| 5461 |
|
|
|
| 5462 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < alpha_num_macros;)
|
| 5463 |
|
|
{
|
| 5464 |
|
|
const char *name, *retval;
|
| 5465 |
|
|
|
| 5466 |
|
|
name = alpha_macros[i].name;
|
| 5467 |
|
|
retval = hash_insert (alpha_macro_hash, name, (void *) &alpha_macros[i]);
|
| 5468 |
|
|
if (retval)
|
| 5469 |
|
|
as_fatal (_("internal error: can't hash macro `%s': %s"),
|
| 5470 |
|
|
name, retval);
|
| 5471 |
|
|
|
| 5472 |
|
|
while (++i < alpha_num_macros
|
| 5473 |
|
|
&& (alpha_macros[i].name == name
|
| 5474 |
|
|
|| !strcmp (alpha_macros[i].name, name)))
|
| 5475 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 5476 |
|
|
}
|
| 5477 |
|
|
|
| 5478 |
|
|
/* Construct symbols for each of the registers. */
|
| 5479 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < 32; ++i)
|
| 5480 |
|
|
{
|
| 5481 |
|
|
char name[4];
|
| 5482 |
|
|
|
| 5483 |
|
|
sprintf (name, "$%d", i);
|
| 5484 |
|
|
alpha_register_table[i] = symbol_create (name, reg_section, i,
|
| 5485 |
|
|
&zero_address_frag);
|
| 5486 |
|
|
}
|
| 5487 |
|
|
|
| 5488 |
|
|
for (; i < 64; ++i)
|
| 5489 |
|
|
{
|
| 5490 |
|
|
char name[5];
|
| 5491 |
|
|
|
| 5492 |
|
|
sprintf (name, "$f%d", i - 32);
|
| 5493 |
|
|
alpha_register_table[i] = symbol_create (name, reg_section, i,
|
| 5494 |
|
|
&zero_address_frag);
|
| 5495 |
|
|
}
|
| 5496 |
|
|
|
| 5497 |
|
|
/* Create the special symbols and sections we'll be using. */
|
| 5498 |
|
|
|
| 5499 |
|
|
/* So .sbss will get used for tiny objects. */
|
| 5500 |
|
|
bfd_set_gp_size (stdoutput, g_switch_value);
|
| 5501 |
|
|
|
| 5502 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
|
| 5503 |
|
|
create_literal_section (".lita", &alpha_lita_section, &alpha_lita_symbol);
|
| 5504 |
|
|
|
| 5505 |
|
|
/* For handling the GP, create a symbol that won't be output in the
|
| 5506 |
|
|
symbol table. We'll edit it out of relocs later. */
|
| 5507 |
|
|
alpha_gp_symbol = symbol_create ("<GP value>", alpha_lita_section, 0x8000,
|
| 5508 |
|
|
&zero_address_frag);
|
| 5509 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 5510 |
|
|
|
| 5511 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_EVAX
|
| 5512 |
|
|
create_literal_section (".link", &alpha_link_section, &alpha_link_symbol);
|
| 5513 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 5514 |
|
|
|
| 5515 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
| 5516 |
|
|
if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
|
| 5517 |
|
|
{
|
| 5518 |
|
|
segT sec = subseg_new (".mdebug", (subsegT) 0);
|
| 5519 |
|
|
bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, sec, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_READONLY);
|
| 5520 |
|
|
bfd_set_section_alignment (stdoutput, sec, 3);
|
| 5521 |
|
|
}
|
| 5522 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 5523 |
|
|
|
| 5524 |
|
|
/* Create literal lookup hash table. */
|
| 5525 |
|
|
alpha_literal_hash = hash_new ();
|
| 5526 |
|
|
|
| 5527 |
|
|
subseg_set (text_section, 0);
|
| 5528 |
|
|
}
|
| 5529 |
|
|
|
| 5530 |
|
|
/* The public interface to the instruction assembler. */
|
| 5531 |
|
|
|
| 5532 |
|
|
void
|
| 5533 |
|
|
md_assemble (char *str)
|
| 5534 |
|
|
{
|
| 5535 |
|
|
/* Current maximum is 13. */
|
| 5536 |
|
|
char opname[32];
|
| 5537 |
|
|
expressionS tok[MAX_INSN_ARGS];
|
| 5538 |
|
|
int ntok, trunclen;
|
| 5539 |
|
|
size_t opnamelen;
|
| 5540 |
|
|
|
| 5541 |
|
|
/* Split off the opcode. */
|
| 5542 |
|
|
opnamelen = strspn (str, "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz_/46819");
|
| 5543 |
|
|
trunclen = (opnamelen < sizeof (opname) - 1
|
| 5544 |
|
|
? opnamelen
|
| 5545 |
|
|
: sizeof (opname) - 1);
|
| 5546 |
|
|
memcpy (opname, str, trunclen);
|
| 5547 |
|
|
opname[trunclen] = '\0';
|
| 5548 |
|
|
|
| 5549 |
|
|
/* Tokenize the rest of the line. */
|
| 5550 |
|
|
if ((ntok = tokenize_arguments (str + opnamelen, tok, MAX_INSN_ARGS)) < 0)
|
| 5551 |
|
|
{
|
| 5552 |
|
|
if (ntok != TOKENIZE_ERROR_REPORT)
|
| 5553 |
|
|
as_bad (_("syntax error"));
|
| 5554 |
|
|
|
| 5555 |
|
|
return;
|
| 5556 |
|
|
}
|
| 5557 |
|
|
|
| 5558 |
|
|
/* Finish it off. */
|
| 5559 |
|
|
assemble_tokens (opname, tok, ntok, alpha_macros_on);
|
| 5560 |
|
|
}
|
| 5561 |
|
|
|
| 5562 |
|
|
/* Round up a section's size to the appropriate boundary. */
|
| 5563 |
|
|
|
| 5564 |
|
|
valueT
|
| 5565 |
|
|
md_section_align (segT seg, valueT size)
|
| 5566 |
|
|
{
|
| 5567 |
|
|
int align = bfd_get_section_alignment (stdoutput, seg);
|
| 5568 |
|
|
valueT mask = ((valueT) 1 << align) - 1;
|
| 5569 |
|
|
|
| 5570 |
|
|
return (size + mask) & ~mask;
|
| 5571 |
|
|
}
|
| 5572 |
|
|
|
| 5573 |
|
|
/* Turn a string in input_line_pointer into a floating point constant
|
| 5574 |
|
|
of type TYPE, and store the appropriate bytes in *LITP. The number
|
| 5575 |
|
|
of LITTLENUMS emitted is stored in *SIZEP. An error message is
|
| 5576 |
|
|
returned, or NULL on OK. */
|
| 5577 |
|
|
|
| 5578 |
|
|
char *
|
| 5579 |
|
|
md_atof (int type, char *litP, int *sizeP)
|
| 5580 |
|
|
{
|
| 5581 |
|
|
extern char *vax_md_atof (int, char *, int *);
|
| 5582 |
|
|
|
| 5583 |
|
|
switch (type)
|
| 5584 |
|
|
{
|
| 5585 |
|
|
/* VAX floats. */
|
| 5586 |
|
|
case 'G':
|
| 5587 |
|
|
/* vax_md_atof() doesn't like "G" for some reason. */
|
| 5588 |
|
|
type = 'g';
|
| 5589 |
|
|
case 'F':
|
| 5590 |
|
|
case 'D':
|
| 5591 |
|
|
return vax_md_atof (type, litP, sizeP);
|
| 5592 |
|
|
|
| 5593 |
|
|
default:
|
| 5594 |
|
|
return ieee_md_atof (type, litP, sizeP, FALSE);
|
| 5595 |
|
|
}
|
| 5596 |
|
|
}
|
| 5597 |
|
|
|
| 5598 |
|
|
/* Take care of the target-specific command-line options. */
|
| 5599 |
|
|
|
| 5600 |
|
|
int
|
| 5601 |
|
|
md_parse_option (int c, char *arg)
|
| 5602 |
|
|
{
|
| 5603 |
|
|
switch (c)
|
| 5604 |
|
|
{
|
| 5605 |
|
|
case 'F':
|
| 5606 |
|
|
alpha_nofloats_on = 1;
|
| 5607 |
|
|
break;
|
| 5608 |
|
|
|
| 5609 |
|
|
case OPTION_32ADDR:
|
| 5610 |
|
|
alpha_addr32_on = 1;
|
| 5611 |
|
|
break;
|
| 5612 |
|
|
|
| 5613 |
|
|
case 'g':
|
| 5614 |
|
|
alpha_debug = 1;
|
| 5615 |
|
|
break;
|
| 5616 |
|
|
|
| 5617 |
|
|
case 'G':
|
| 5618 |
|
|
g_switch_value = atoi (arg);
|
| 5619 |
|
|
break;
|
| 5620 |
|
|
|
| 5621 |
|
|
case 'm':
|
| 5622 |
|
|
{
|
| 5623 |
|
|
const struct cpu_type *p;
|
| 5624 |
|
|
|
| 5625 |
|
|
for (p = cpu_types; p->name; ++p)
|
| 5626 |
|
|
if (strcmp (arg, p->name) == 0)
|
| 5627 |
|
|
{
|
| 5628 |
|
|
alpha_target_name = p->name, alpha_target = p->flags;
|
| 5629 |
|
|
goto found;
|
| 5630 |
|
|
}
|
| 5631 |
|
|
as_warn (_("Unknown CPU identifier `%s'"), arg);
|
| 5632 |
|
|
found:;
|
| 5633 |
|
|
}
|
| 5634 |
|
|
break;
|
| 5635 |
|
|
|
| 5636 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_EVAX
|
| 5637 |
|
|
case '+': /* For g++. Hash any name > 63 chars long. */
|
| 5638 |
|
|
alpha_flag_hash_long_names = 1;
|
| 5639 |
|
|
break;
|
| 5640 |
|
|
|
| 5641 |
|
|
case 'H': /* Show new symbol after hash truncation. */
|
| 5642 |
|
|
alpha_flag_show_after_trunc = 1;
|
| 5643 |
|
|
break;
|
| 5644 |
|
|
|
| 5645 |
|
|
case 'h': /* For gnu-c/vax compatibility. */
|
| 5646 |
|
|
break;
|
| 5647 |
|
|
|
| 5648 |
|
|
case OPTION_REPLACE:
|
| 5649 |
|
|
alpha_flag_replace = 1;
|
| 5650 |
|
|
break;
|
| 5651 |
|
|
|
| 5652 |
|
|
case OPTION_NOREPLACE:
|
| 5653 |
|
|
alpha_flag_replace = 0;
|
| 5654 |
|
|
break;
|
| 5655 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 5656 |
|
|
|
| 5657 |
|
|
case OPTION_RELAX:
|
| 5658 |
|
|
alpha_flag_relax = 1;
|
| 5659 |
|
|
break;
|
| 5660 |
|
|
|
| 5661 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
| 5662 |
|
|
case OPTION_MDEBUG:
|
| 5663 |
|
|
alpha_flag_mdebug = 1;
|
| 5664 |
|
|
break;
|
| 5665 |
|
|
case OPTION_NO_MDEBUG:
|
| 5666 |
|
|
alpha_flag_mdebug = 0;
|
| 5667 |
|
|
break;
|
| 5668 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 5669 |
|
|
|
| 5670 |
|
|
default:
|
| 5671 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 5672 |
|
|
}
|
| 5673 |
|
|
|
| 5674 |
|
|
return 1;
|
| 5675 |
|
|
}
|
| 5676 |
|
|
|
| 5677 |
|
|
/* Print a description of the command-line options that we accept. */
|
| 5678 |
|
|
|
| 5679 |
|
|
void
|
| 5680 |
|
|
md_show_usage (FILE *stream)
|
| 5681 |
|
|
{
|
| 5682 |
|
|
fputs (_("\
|
| 5683 |
|
|
Alpha options:\n\
|
| 5684 |
|
|
-32addr treat addresses as 32-bit values\n\
|
| 5685 |
|
|
-F lack floating point instructions support\n\
|
| 5686 |
|
|
-mev4 | -mev45 | -mev5 | -mev56 | -mpca56 | -mev6 | -mev67 | -mev68 | -mall\n\
|
| 5687 |
|
|
specify variant of Alpha architecture\n\
|
| 5688 |
|
|
-m21064 | -m21066 | -m21164 | -m21164a | -m21164pc | -m21264 | -m21264a | -m21264b\n\
|
| 5689 |
|
|
these variants include PALcode opcodes\n"),
|
| 5690 |
|
|
stream);
|
| 5691 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_EVAX
|
| 5692 |
|
|
fputs (_("\
|
| 5693 |
|
|
VMS options:\n\
|
| 5694 |
|
|
-+ encode (don't truncate) names longer than 64 characters\n\
|
| 5695 |
|
|
-H show new symbol after hash truncation\n\
|
| 5696 |
|
|
-replace/-noreplace enable or disable the optimization of procedure calls\n"),
|
| 5697 |
|
|
stream);
|
| 5698 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 5699 |
|
|
}
|
| 5700 |
|
|
|
| 5701 |
|
|
/* Decide from what point a pc-relative relocation is relative to,
|
| 5702 |
|
|
relative to the pc-relative fixup. Er, relatively speaking. */
|
| 5703 |
|
|
|
| 5704 |
|
|
long
|
| 5705 |
|
|
md_pcrel_from (fixS *fixP)
|
| 5706 |
|
|
{
|
| 5707 |
|
|
valueT addr = fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_address;
|
| 5708 |
|
|
|
| 5709 |
|
|
switch (fixP->fx_r_type)
|
| 5710 |
|
|
{
|
| 5711 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_23_PCREL_S2:
|
| 5712 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT:
|
| 5713 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BRSGP:
|
| 5714 |
|
|
return addr + 4;
|
| 5715 |
|
|
default:
|
| 5716 |
|
|
return addr;
|
| 5717 |
|
|
}
|
| 5718 |
|
|
}
|
| 5719 |
|
|
|
| 5720 |
|
|
/* Attempt to simplify or even eliminate a fixup. The return value is
|
| 5721 |
|
|
ignored; perhaps it was once meaningful, but now it is historical.
|
| 5722 |
|
|
To indicate that a fixup has been eliminated, set fixP->fx_done.
|
| 5723 |
|
|
|
| 5724 |
|
|
For ELF, here it is that we transform the GPDISP_HI16 reloc we used
|
| 5725 |
|
|
internally into the GPDISP reloc used externally. We had to do
|
| 5726 |
|
|
this so that we'd have the GPDISP_LO16 reloc as a tag to compute
|
| 5727 |
|
|
the distance to the "lda" instruction for setting the addend to
|
| 5728 |
|
|
GPDISP. */
|
| 5729 |
|
|
|
| 5730 |
|
|
void
|
| 5731 |
|
|
md_apply_fix (fixS *fixP, valueT * valP, segT seg)
|
| 5732 |
|
|
{
|
| 5733 |
|
|
char * const fixpos = fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal + fixP->fx_where;
|
| 5734 |
|
|
valueT value = * valP;
|
| 5735 |
|
|
unsigned image, size;
|
| 5736 |
|
|
|
| 5737 |
|
|
switch (fixP->fx_r_type)
|
| 5738 |
|
|
{
|
| 5739 |
|
|
/* The GPDISP relocations are processed internally with a symbol
|
| 5740 |
|
|
referring to the current function's section; we need to drop
|
| 5741 |
|
|
in a value which, when added to the address of the start of
|
| 5742 |
|
|
the function, gives the desired GP. */
|
| 5743 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16:
|
| 5744 |
|
|
{
|
| 5745 |
|
|
fixS *next = fixP->fx_next;
|
| 5746 |
|
|
|
| 5747 |
|
|
/* With user-specified !gpdisp relocations, we can be missing
|
| 5748 |
|
|
the matching LO16 reloc. We will have already issued an
|
| 5749 |
|
|
error message. */
|
| 5750 |
|
|
if (next)
|
| 5751 |
|
|
fixP->fx_offset = (next->fx_frag->fr_address + next->fx_where
|
| 5752 |
|
|
- fixP->fx_frag->fr_address - fixP->fx_where);
|
| 5753 |
|
|
|
| 5754 |
|
|
value = (value - sign_extend_16 (value)) >> 16;
|
| 5755 |
|
|
}
|
| 5756 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
| 5757 |
|
|
fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP;
|
| 5758 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 5759 |
|
|
goto do_reloc_gp;
|
| 5760 |
|
|
|
| 5761 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16:
|
| 5762 |
|
|
value = sign_extend_16 (value);
|
| 5763 |
|
|
fixP->fx_offset = 0;
|
| 5764 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
| 5765 |
|
|
fixP->fx_done = 1;
|
| 5766 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 5767 |
|
|
|
| 5768 |
|
|
do_reloc_gp:
|
| 5769 |
|
|
fixP->fx_addsy = section_symbol (seg);
|
| 5770 |
|
|
md_number_to_chars (fixpos, value, 2);
|
| 5771 |
|
|
break;
|
| 5772 |
|
|
|
| 5773 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_16:
|
| 5774 |
|
|
if (fixP->fx_pcrel)
|
| 5775 |
|
|
fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL;
|
| 5776 |
|
|
size = 2;
|
| 5777 |
|
|
goto do_reloc_xx;
|
| 5778 |
|
|
|
| 5779 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_32:
|
| 5780 |
|
|
if (fixP->fx_pcrel)
|
| 5781 |
|
|
fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL;
|
| 5782 |
|
|
size = 4;
|
| 5783 |
|
|
goto do_reloc_xx;
|
| 5784 |
|
|
|
| 5785 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_64:
|
| 5786 |
|
|
if (fixP->fx_pcrel)
|
| 5787 |
|
|
fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL;
|
| 5788 |
|
|
size = 8;
|
| 5789 |
|
|
|
| 5790 |
|
|
do_reloc_xx:
|
| 5791 |
|
|
if (fixP->fx_pcrel == 0 && fixP->fx_addsy == 0)
|
| 5792 |
|
|
{
|
| 5793 |
|
|
md_number_to_chars (fixpos, value, size);
|
| 5794 |
|
|
goto done;
|
| 5795 |
|
|
}
|
| 5796 |
|
|
return;
|
| 5797 |
|
|
|
| 5798 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
|
| 5799 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_GPREL32:
|
| 5800 |
|
|
gas_assert (fixP->fx_subsy == alpha_gp_symbol);
|
| 5801 |
|
|
fixP->fx_subsy = 0;
|
| 5802 |
|
|
/* FIXME: inherited this obliviousness of `value' -- why? */
|
| 5803 |
|
|
md_number_to_chars (fixpos, -alpha_gp_value, 4);
|
| 5804 |
|
|
break;
|
| 5805 |
|
|
#else
|
| 5806 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_GPREL32:
|
| 5807 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 5808 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16:
|
| 5809 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_HI16:
|
| 5810 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_LO16:
|
| 5811 |
|
|
return;
|
| 5812 |
|
|
|
| 5813 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_23_PCREL_S2:
|
| 5814 |
|
|
if (fixP->fx_pcrel == 0 && fixP->fx_addsy == 0)
|
| 5815 |
|
|
{
|
| 5816 |
|
|
image = bfd_getl32 (fixpos);
|
| 5817 |
|
|
image = (image & ~0x1FFFFF) | ((value >> 2) & 0x1FFFFF);
|
| 5818 |
|
|
goto write_done;
|
| 5819 |
|
|
}
|
| 5820 |
|
|
return;
|
| 5821 |
|
|
|
| 5822 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT:
|
| 5823 |
|
|
if (fixP->fx_pcrel == 0 && fixP->fx_addsy == 0)
|
| 5824 |
|
|
{
|
| 5825 |
|
|
image = bfd_getl32 (fixpos);
|
| 5826 |
|
|
image = (image & ~0x3FFF) | ((value >> 2) & 0x3FFF);
|
| 5827 |
|
|
goto write_done;
|
| 5828 |
|
|
}
|
| 5829 |
|
|
return;
|
| 5830 |
|
|
|
| 5831 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
| 5832 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BRSGP:
|
| 5833 |
|
|
return;
|
| 5834 |
|
|
|
| 5835 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD:
|
| 5836 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM:
|
| 5837 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTDTPREL16:
|
| 5838 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_HI16:
|
| 5839 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_LO16:
|
| 5840 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL16:
|
| 5841 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTTPREL16:
|
| 5842 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_HI16:
|
| 5843 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_LO16:
|
| 5844 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL16:
|
| 5845 |
|
|
if (fixP->fx_addsy)
|
| 5846 |
|
|
S_SET_THREAD_LOCAL (fixP->fx_addsy);
|
| 5847 |
|
|
return;
|
| 5848 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 5849 |
|
|
|
| 5850 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
|
| 5851 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL:
|
| 5852 |
|
|
md_number_to_chars (fixpos, value, 2);
|
| 5853 |
|
|
return;
|
| 5854 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 5855 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
|
| 5856 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE:
|
| 5857 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LINKAGE:
|
| 5858 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_CODEADDR:
|
| 5859 |
|
|
return;
|
| 5860 |
|
|
|
| 5861 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_EVAX
|
| 5862 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP:
|
| 5863 |
|
|
value -= (8 + 4); /* PC-relative, base is jsr+4. */
|
| 5864 |
|
|
|
| 5865 |
|
|
/* From B.4.5.2 of the OpenVMS Linker Utility Manual:
|
| 5866 |
|
|
"Finally, the ETIR$C_STC_BSR command passes the same address
|
| 5867 |
|
|
as ETIR$C_STC_NOP (so that they will fail or succeed together),
|
| 5868 |
|
|
and the same test is done again." */
|
| 5869 |
|
|
if (S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == undefined_section)
|
| 5870 |
|
|
{
|
| 5871 |
|
|
fixP->fx_addnumber = -value;
|
| 5872 |
|
|
return;
|
| 5873 |
|
|
}
|
| 5874 |
|
|
|
| 5875 |
|
|
if ((abs (value) >> 2) & ~0xfffff)
|
| 5876 |
|
|
goto done;
|
| 5877 |
|
|
else
|
| 5878 |
|
|
{
|
| 5879 |
|
|
/* Change to a nop. */
|
| 5880 |
|
|
image = 0x47FF041F;
|
| 5881 |
|
|
goto write_done;
|
| 5882 |
|
|
}
|
| 5883 |
|
|
|
| 5884 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA:
|
| 5885 |
|
|
/* fixup_segment sets fixP->fx_addsy to NULL when it can pre-compute
|
| 5886 |
|
|
the value for an O_subtract. */
|
| 5887 |
|
|
if (fixP->fx_addsy
|
| 5888 |
|
|
&& S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == undefined_section)
|
| 5889 |
|
|
{
|
| 5890 |
|
|
fixP->fx_addnumber = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixP->fx_subsy)->value;
|
| 5891 |
|
|
return;
|
| 5892 |
|
|
}
|
| 5893 |
|
|
|
| 5894 |
|
|
if ((abs (value)) & ~0x7fff)
|
| 5895 |
|
|
goto done;
|
| 5896 |
|
|
else
|
| 5897 |
|
|
{
|
| 5898 |
|
|
/* Change to an lda. */
|
| 5899 |
|
|
image = 0x237B0000 | (value & 0xFFFF);
|
| 5900 |
|
|
goto write_done;
|
| 5901 |
|
|
}
|
| 5902 |
|
|
|
| 5903 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR:
|
| 5904 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH:
|
| 5905 |
|
|
value -= 4; /* PC-relative, base is jsr+4. */
|
| 5906 |
|
|
|
| 5907 |
|
|
/* See comment in the BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP case above. */
|
| 5908 |
|
|
if (S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == undefined_section)
|
| 5909 |
|
|
{
|
| 5910 |
|
|
fixP->fx_addnumber = -value;
|
| 5911 |
|
|
return;
|
| 5912 |
|
|
}
|
| 5913 |
|
|
|
| 5914 |
|
|
if ((abs (value) >> 2) & ~0xfffff)
|
| 5915 |
|
|
{
|
| 5916 |
|
|
/* Out of range. */
|
| 5917 |
|
|
if (fixP->fx_r_type == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH)
|
| 5918 |
|
|
{
|
| 5919 |
|
|
/* Add a hint. */
|
| 5920 |
|
|
image = bfd_getl32(fixpos);
|
| 5921 |
|
|
image = (image & ~0x3FFF) | ((value >> 2) & 0x3FFF);
|
| 5922 |
|
|
goto write_done;
|
| 5923 |
|
|
}
|
| 5924 |
|
|
goto done;
|
| 5925 |
|
|
}
|
| 5926 |
|
|
else
|
| 5927 |
|
|
{
|
| 5928 |
|
|
/* Change to a branch. */
|
| 5929 |
|
|
image = 0xD3400000 | ((value >> 2) & 0x1FFFFF);
|
| 5930 |
|
|
goto write_done;
|
| 5931 |
|
|
}
|
| 5932 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 5933 |
|
|
|
| 5934 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT:
|
| 5935 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY:
|
| 5936 |
|
|
return;
|
| 5937 |
|
|
|
| 5938 |
|
|
default:
|
| 5939 |
|
|
{
|
| 5940 |
|
|
const struct alpha_operand *operand;
|
| 5941 |
|
|
|
| 5942 |
|
|
if ((int) fixP->fx_r_type >= 0)
|
| 5943 |
|
|
as_fatal (_("unhandled relocation type %s"),
|
| 5944 |
|
|
bfd_get_reloc_code_name (fixP->fx_r_type));
|
| 5945 |
|
|
|
| 5946 |
|
|
gas_assert (-(int) fixP->fx_r_type < (int) alpha_num_operands);
|
| 5947 |
|
|
operand = &alpha_operands[-(int) fixP->fx_r_type];
|
| 5948 |
|
|
|
| 5949 |
|
|
/* The rest of these fixups only exist internally during symbol
|
| 5950 |
|
|
resolution and have no representation in the object file.
|
| 5951 |
|
|
Therefore they must be completely resolved as constants. */
|
| 5952 |
|
|
|
| 5953 |
|
|
if (fixP->fx_addsy != 0
|
| 5954 |
|
|
&& S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) != absolute_section)
|
| 5955 |
|
|
as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
|
| 5956 |
|
|
_("non-absolute expression in constant field"));
|
| 5957 |
|
|
|
| 5958 |
|
|
image = bfd_getl32 (fixpos);
|
| 5959 |
|
|
image = insert_operand (image, operand, (offsetT) value,
|
| 5960 |
|
|
fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
|
| 5961 |
|
|
}
|
| 5962 |
|
|
goto write_done;
|
| 5963 |
|
|
}
|
| 5964 |
|
|
|
| 5965 |
|
|
if (fixP->fx_addsy != 0 || fixP->fx_pcrel != 0)
|
| 5966 |
|
|
return;
|
| 5967 |
|
|
else
|
| 5968 |
|
|
{
|
| 5969 |
|
|
as_warn_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
|
| 5970 |
|
|
_("type %d reloc done?\n"), (int) fixP->fx_r_type);
|
| 5971 |
|
|
goto done;
|
| 5972 |
|
|
}
|
| 5973 |
|
|
|
| 5974 |
|
|
write_done:
|
| 5975 |
|
|
md_number_to_chars (fixpos, image, 4);
|
| 5976 |
|
|
|
| 5977 |
|
|
done:
|
| 5978 |
|
|
fixP->fx_done = 1;
|
| 5979 |
|
|
}
|
| 5980 |
|
|
|
| 5981 |
|
|
/* Look for a register name in the given symbol. */
|
| 5982 |
|
|
|
| 5983 |
|
|
symbolS *
|
| 5984 |
|
|
md_undefined_symbol (char *name)
|
| 5985 |
|
|
{
|
| 5986 |
|
|
if (*name == '$')
|
| 5987 |
|
|
{
|
| 5988 |
|
|
int is_float = 0, num;
|
| 5989 |
|
|
|
| 5990 |
|
|
switch (*++name)
|
| 5991 |
|
|
{
|
| 5992 |
|
|
case 'f':
|
| 5993 |
|
|
if (name[1] == 'p' && name[2] == '\0')
|
| 5994 |
|
|
return alpha_register_table[AXP_REG_FP];
|
| 5995 |
|
|
is_float = 32;
|
| 5996 |
|
|
/* Fall through. */
|
| 5997 |
|
|
|
| 5998 |
|
|
case 'r':
|
| 5999 |
|
|
if (!ISDIGIT (*++name))
|
| 6000 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6001 |
|
|
/* Fall through. */
|
| 6002 |
|
|
|
| 6003 |
|
|
case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
|
| 6004 |
|
|
case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
|
| 6005 |
|
|
if (name[1] == '\0')
|
| 6006 |
|
|
num = name[0] - '0';
|
| 6007 |
|
|
else if (name[0] != '0' && ISDIGIT (name[1]) && name[2] == '\0')
|
| 6008 |
|
|
{
|
| 6009 |
|
|
num = (name[0] - '0') * 10 + name[1] - '0';
|
| 6010 |
|
|
if (num >= 32)
|
| 6011 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6012 |
|
|
}
|
| 6013 |
|
|
else
|
| 6014 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6015 |
|
|
|
| 6016 |
|
|
if (!alpha_noat_on && (num + is_float) == AXP_REG_AT)
|
| 6017 |
|
|
as_warn (_("Used $at without \".set noat\""));
|
| 6018 |
|
|
return alpha_register_table[num + is_float];
|
| 6019 |
|
|
|
| 6020 |
|
|
case 'a':
|
| 6021 |
|
|
if (name[1] == 't' && name[2] == '\0')
|
| 6022 |
|
|
{
|
| 6023 |
|
|
if (!alpha_noat_on)
|
| 6024 |
|
|
as_warn (_("Used $at without \".set noat\""));
|
| 6025 |
|
|
return alpha_register_table[AXP_REG_AT];
|
| 6026 |
|
|
}
|
| 6027 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6028 |
|
|
|
| 6029 |
|
|
case 'g':
|
| 6030 |
|
|
if (name[1] == 'p' && name[2] == '\0')
|
| 6031 |
|
|
return alpha_register_table[alpha_gp_register];
|
| 6032 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6033 |
|
|
|
| 6034 |
|
|
case 's':
|
| 6035 |
|
|
if (name[1] == 'p' && name[2] == '\0')
|
| 6036 |
|
|
return alpha_register_table[AXP_REG_SP];
|
| 6037 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6038 |
|
|
}
|
| 6039 |
|
|
}
|
| 6040 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
| 6041 |
|
|
}
|
| 6042 |
|
|
|
| 6043 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
|
| 6044 |
|
|
/* @@@ Magic ECOFF bits. */
|
| 6045 |
|
|
|
| 6046 |
|
|
void
|
| 6047 |
|
|
alpha_frob_ecoff_data (void)
|
| 6048 |
|
|
{
|
| 6049 |
|
|
select_gp_value ();
|
| 6050 |
|
|
/* $zero and $f31 are read-only. */
|
| 6051 |
|
|
alpha_gprmask &= ~1;
|
| 6052 |
|
|
alpha_fprmask &= ~1;
|
| 6053 |
|
|
}
|
| 6054 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 6055 |
|
|
|
| 6056 |
|
|
/* Hook to remember a recently defined label so that the auto-align
|
| 6057 |
|
|
code can adjust the symbol after we know what alignment will be
|
| 6058 |
|
|
required. */
|
| 6059 |
|
|
|
| 6060 |
|
|
void
|
| 6061 |
|
|
alpha_define_label (symbolS *sym)
|
| 6062 |
|
|
{
|
| 6063 |
|
|
alpha_insn_label = sym;
|
| 6064 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
| 6065 |
|
|
dwarf2_emit_label (sym);
|
| 6066 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 6067 |
|
|
}
|
| 6068 |
|
|
|
| 6069 |
|
|
/* Return true if we must always emit a reloc for a type and false if
|
| 6070 |
|
|
there is some hope of resolving it at assembly time. */
|
| 6071 |
|
|
|
| 6072 |
|
|
int
|
| 6073 |
|
|
alpha_force_relocation (fixS *f)
|
| 6074 |
|
|
{
|
| 6075 |
|
|
if (alpha_flag_relax)
|
| 6076 |
|
|
return 1;
|
| 6077 |
|
|
|
| 6078 |
|
|
switch (f->fx_r_type)
|
| 6079 |
|
|
{
|
| 6080 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16:
|
| 6081 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16:
|
| 6082 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP:
|
| 6083 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL:
|
| 6084 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
|
| 6085 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE:
|
| 6086 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16:
|
| 6087 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_GPREL32:
|
| 6088 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_HI16:
|
| 6089 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_LO16:
|
| 6090 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LINKAGE:
|
| 6091 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_CODEADDR:
|
| 6092 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BRSGP:
|
| 6093 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD:
|
| 6094 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM:
|
| 6095 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTDTPREL16:
|
| 6096 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_HI16:
|
| 6097 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_LO16:
|
| 6098 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL16:
|
| 6099 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTTPREL16:
|
| 6100 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_HI16:
|
| 6101 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_LO16:
|
| 6102 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL16:
|
| 6103 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_EVAX
|
| 6104 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP:
|
| 6105 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR:
|
| 6106 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA:
|
| 6107 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH:
|
| 6108 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 6109 |
|
|
return 1;
|
| 6110 |
|
|
|
| 6111 |
|
|
default:
|
| 6112 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6113 |
|
|
}
|
| 6114 |
|
|
|
| 6115 |
|
|
return generic_force_reloc (f);
|
| 6116 |
|
|
}
|
| 6117 |
|
|
|
| 6118 |
|
|
/* Return true if we can partially resolve a relocation now. */
|
| 6119 |
|
|
|
| 6120 |
|
|
int
|
| 6121 |
|
|
alpha_fix_adjustable (fixS *f)
|
| 6122 |
|
|
{
|
| 6123 |
|
|
/* Are there any relocation types for which we must generate a
|
| 6124 |
|
|
reloc but we can adjust the values contained within it? */
|
| 6125 |
|
|
switch (f->fx_r_type)
|
| 6126 |
|
|
{
|
| 6127 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16:
|
| 6128 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16:
|
| 6129 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP:
|
| 6130 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 6131 |
|
|
|
| 6132 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL:
|
| 6133 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
|
| 6134 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE:
|
| 6135 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LINKAGE:
|
| 6136 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_CODEADDR:
|
| 6137 |
|
|
return 1;
|
| 6138 |
|
|
|
| 6139 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY:
|
| 6140 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT:
|
| 6141 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 6142 |
|
|
|
| 6143 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16:
|
| 6144 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_GPREL32:
|
| 6145 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_HI16:
|
| 6146 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_LO16:
|
| 6147 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_23_PCREL_S2:
|
| 6148 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_16:
|
| 6149 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_32:
|
| 6150 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_64:
|
| 6151 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT:
|
| 6152 |
|
|
return 1;
|
| 6153 |
|
|
|
| 6154 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD:
|
| 6155 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM:
|
| 6156 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTDTPREL16:
|
| 6157 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_HI16:
|
| 6158 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_LO16:
|
| 6159 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL16:
|
| 6160 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTTPREL16:
|
| 6161 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_HI16:
|
| 6162 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_LO16:
|
| 6163 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL16:
|
| 6164 |
|
|
/* ??? No idea why we can't return a reference to .tbss+10, but
|
| 6165 |
|
|
we're preventing this in the other assemblers. Follow for now. */
|
| 6166 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 6167 |
|
|
|
| 6168 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
| 6169 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BRSGP:
|
| 6170 |
|
|
/* If we have a BRSGP reloc to a local symbol, adjust it to BRADDR and
|
| 6171 |
|
|
let it get resolved at assembly time. */
|
| 6172 |
|
|
{
|
| 6173 |
|
|
symbolS *sym = f->fx_addsy;
|
| 6174 |
|
|
const char *name;
|
| 6175 |
|
|
int offset = 0;
|
| 6176 |
|
|
|
| 6177 |
|
|
if (generic_force_reloc (f))
|
| 6178 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 6179 |
|
|
|
| 6180 |
|
|
switch (S_GET_OTHER (sym) & STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD)
|
| 6181 |
|
|
{
|
| 6182 |
|
|
case STO_ALPHA_NOPV:
|
| 6183 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6184 |
|
|
case STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD:
|
| 6185 |
|
|
offset = 8;
|
| 6186 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6187 |
|
|
default:
|
| 6188 |
|
|
if (S_IS_LOCAL (sym))
|
| 6189 |
|
|
name = "<local>";
|
| 6190 |
|
|
else
|
| 6191 |
|
|
name = S_GET_NAME (sym);
|
| 6192 |
|
|
as_bad_where (f->fx_file, f->fx_line,
|
| 6193 |
|
|
_("!samegp reloc against symbol without .prologue: %s"),
|
| 6194 |
|
|
name);
|
| 6195 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6196 |
|
|
}
|
| 6197 |
|
|
f->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_23_PCREL_S2;
|
| 6198 |
|
|
f->fx_offset += offset;
|
| 6199 |
|
|
return 1;
|
| 6200 |
|
|
}
|
| 6201 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 6202 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_EVAX
|
| 6203 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP:
|
| 6204 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR:
|
| 6205 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA:
|
| 6206 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH:
|
| 6207 |
|
|
return 1;
|
| 6208 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 6209 |
|
|
|
| 6210 |
|
|
default:
|
| 6211 |
|
|
return 1;
|
| 6212 |
|
|
}
|
| 6213 |
|
|
}
|
| 6214 |
|
|
|
| 6215 |
|
|
/* Generate the BFD reloc to be stuck in the object file from the
|
| 6216 |
|
|
fixup used internally in the assembler. */
|
| 6217 |
|
|
|
| 6218 |
|
|
arelent *
|
| 6219 |
|
|
tc_gen_reloc (asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
| 6220 |
|
|
fixS *fixp)
|
| 6221 |
|
|
{
|
| 6222 |
|
|
arelent *reloc;
|
| 6223 |
|
|
|
| 6224 |
|
|
reloc = (arelent *) xmalloc (sizeof (* reloc));
|
| 6225 |
|
|
reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
|
| 6226 |
|
|
*reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
|
| 6227 |
|
|
reloc->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
|
| 6228 |
|
|
|
| 6229 |
|
|
/* Make sure none of our internal relocations make it this far.
|
| 6230 |
|
|
They'd better have been fully resolved by this point. */
|
| 6231 |
|
|
gas_assert ((int) fixp->fx_r_type > 0);
|
| 6232 |
|
|
|
| 6233 |
|
|
reloc->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, fixp->fx_r_type);
|
| 6234 |
|
|
if (reloc->howto == NULL)
|
| 6235 |
|
|
{
|
| 6236 |
|
|
as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
|
| 6237 |
|
|
_("cannot represent `%s' relocation in object file"),
|
| 6238 |
|
|
bfd_get_reloc_code_name (fixp->fx_r_type));
|
| 6239 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
| 6240 |
|
|
}
|
| 6241 |
|
|
|
| 6242 |
|
|
if (!fixp->fx_pcrel != !reloc->howto->pc_relative)
|
| 6243 |
|
|
as_fatal (_("internal error? cannot generate `%s' relocation"),
|
| 6244 |
|
|
bfd_get_reloc_code_name (fixp->fx_r_type));
|
| 6245 |
|
|
|
| 6246 |
|
|
gas_assert (!fixp->fx_pcrel == !reloc->howto->pc_relative);
|
| 6247 |
|
|
|
| 6248 |
|
|
reloc->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
|
| 6249 |
|
|
|
| 6250 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
|
| 6251 |
|
|
/* Fake out bfd_perform_relocation. sigh. */
|
| 6252 |
|
|
/* ??? Better would be to use the special_function hook. */
|
| 6253 |
|
|
if (fixp->fx_r_type == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL)
|
| 6254 |
|
|
reloc->addend = -alpha_gp_value;
|
| 6255 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 6256 |
|
|
|
| 6257 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_EVAX
|
| 6258 |
|
|
switch (fixp->fx_r_type)
|
| 6259 |
|
|
{
|
| 6260 |
|
|
struct evax_private_udata_struct *udata;
|
| 6261 |
|
|
const char *pname;
|
| 6262 |
|
|
int pname_len;
|
| 6263 |
|
|
|
| 6264 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LINKAGE:
|
| 6265 |
|
|
/* Copy the linkage index. */
|
| 6266 |
|
|
reloc->addend = fixp->fx_addnumber;
|
| 6267 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6268 |
|
|
|
| 6269 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP:
|
| 6270 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR:
|
| 6271 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA:
|
| 6272 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH:
|
| 6273 |
|
|
pname = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy)->name;
|
| 6274 |
|
|
|
| 6275 |
|
|
/* We need the non-suffixed name of the procedure. Beware that
|
| 6276 |
|
|
the main symbol might be equated so look it up and take its name. */
|
| 6277 |
|
|
pname_len = strlen (pname);
|
| 6278 |
|
|
if (pname_len > 4 && strcmp (pname + pname_len - 4, "..en") == 0)
|
| 6279 |
|
|
{
|
| 6280 |
|
|
symbolS *sym;
|
| 6281 |
160 |
khays |
char *my_pname = (char *) alloca (pname_len - 4 + 1);
|
| 6282 |
|
|
|
| 6283 |
|
|
memcpy (my_pname, pname, pname_len - 4);
|
| 6284 |
16 |
khays |
my_pname [pname_len - 4] = 0;
|
| 6285 |
|
|
sym = symbol_find (my_pname);
|
| 6286 |
|
|
if (sym == NULL)
|
| 6287 |
|
|
abort ();
|
| 6288 |
160 |
khays |
|
| 6289 |
16 |
khays |
while (symbol_equated_reloc_p (sym))
|
| 6290 |
|
|
{
|
| 6291 |
|
|
symbolS *n = symbol_get_value_expression (sym)->X_add_symbol;
|
| 6292 |
|
|
|
| 6293 |
|
|
/* We must avoid looping, as that can occur with a badly
|
| 6294 |
|
|
written program. */
|
| 6295 |
|
|
if (n == sym)
|
| 6296 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6297 |
|
|
sym = n;
|
| 6298 |
|
|
}
|
| 6299 |
|
|
pname = symbol_get_bfdsym (sym)->name;
|
| 6300 |
|
|
}
|
| 6301 |
|
|
|
| 6302 |
|
|
udata = (struct evax_private_udata_struct *)
|
| 6303 |
|
|
xmalloc (sizeof (struct evax_private_udata_struct));
|
| 6304 |
|
|
udata->enbsym = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
|
| 6305 |
|
|
udata->bsym = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->psym);
|
| 6306 |
|
|
udata->origname = (char *)pname;
|
| 6307 |
|
|
udata->lkindex = ((struct evax_private_udata_struct *)
|
| 6308 |
|
|
symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sym)->udata.p)->lkindex;
|
| 6309 |
|
|
reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = (void *)udata;
|
| 6310 |
|
|
reloc->addend = fixp->fx_addnumber;
|
| 6311 |
|
|
|
| 6312 |
|
|
default:
|
| 6313 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6314 |
|
|
}
|
| 6315 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 6316 |
|
|
|
| 6317 |
|
|
return reloc;
|
| 6318 |
|
|
}
|
| 6319 |
|
|
|
| 6320 |
|
|
/* Parse a register name off of the input_line and return a register
|
| 6321 |
|
|
number. Gets md_undefined_symbol above to do the register name
|
| 6322 |
|
|
matching for us.
|
| 6323 |
|
|
|
| 6324 |
|
|
Only called as a part of processing the ECOFF .frame directive. */
|
| 6325 |
|
|
|
| 6326 |
|
|
int
|
| 6327 |
|
|
tc_get_register (int frame ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 6328 |
|
|
{
|
| 6329 |
|
|
int framereg = AXP_REG_SP;
|
| 6330 |
|
|
|
| 6331 |
|
|
SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
|
| 6332 |
|
|
if (*input_line_pointer == '$')
|
| 6333 |
|
|
{
|
| 6334 |
|
|
char *s = input_line_pointer;
|
| 6335 |
|
|
char c = get_symbol_end ();
|
| 6336 |
|
|
symbolS *sym = md_undefined_symbol (s);
|
| 6337 |
|
|
|
| 6338 |
|
|
*strchr (s, '\0') = c;
|
| 6339 |
|
|
if (sym && (framereg = S_GET_VALUE (sym)) <= 31)
|
| 6340 |
|
|
goto found;
|
| 6341 |
|
|
}
|
| 6342 |
|
|
as_warn (_("frame reg expected, using $%d."), framereg);
|
| 6343 |
|
|
|
| 6344 |
|
|
found:
|
| 6345 |
|
|
note_gpreg (framereg);
|
| 6346 |
|
|
return framereg;
|
| 6347 |
|
|
}
|
| 6348 |
|
|
|
| 6349 |
|
|
/* This is called before the symbol table is processed. In order to
|
| 6350 |
|
|
work with gcc when using mips-tfile, we must keep all local labels.
|
| 6351 |
|
|
However, in other cases, we want to discard them. If we were
|
| 6352 |
|
|
called with -g, but we didn't see any debugging information, it may
|
| 6353 |
|
|
mean that gcc is smuggling debugging information through to
|
| 6354 |
|
|
mips-tfile, in which case we must generate all local labels. */
|
| 6355 |
|
|
|
| 6356 |
|
|
#ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
|
| 6357 |
|
|
|
| 6358 |
|
|
void
|
| 6359 |
|
|
alpha_frob_file_before_adjust (void)
|
| 6360 |
|
|
{
|
| 6361 |
|
|
if (alpha_debug != 0
|
| 6362 |
|
|
&& ! ecoff_debugging_seen)
|
| 6363 |
|
|
flag_keep_locals = 1;
|
| 6364 |
|
|
}
|
| 6365 |
|
|
|
| 6366 |
|
|
#endif /* OBJ_ECOFF */
|
| 6367 |
|
|
|
| 6368 |
|
|
/* The Alpha has support for some VAX floating point types, as well as for
|
| 6369 |
|
|
IEEE floating point. We consider IEEE to be the primary floating point
|
| 6370 |
|
|
format, and sneak in the VAX floating point support here. */
|
| 6371 |
|
|
#include "config/atof-vax.c"
|